Merge branch 'master' of scm.dev.nokia.troll.no:qt/qt-s60-public

232 files changed, 3394 insertions, 1083 deletions

diff --git a/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.cpp b/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.cpp
index abeca0d..9084817 100644
--- a/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     relating to accessibility.
 
     \ingroup accessibility
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Accessible applications can be used by people who are not able to
     use applications by conventional means.
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qabstractprintdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qabstractprintdialog.cpp
index ac4c9e8..9e91382 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qabstractprintdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qabstractprintdialog.cpp
@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ class QPrintDialogPrivate : public QAbstractPrintDialogPrivate
     \brief The QAbstractPrintDialog class provides a base implementation for
     print dialogs used to configure printers.
 
+    \ingroup printing
+
     This class implements getter and setter functions that are used to
     customize settings shown in print dialogs, but it is not used directly.
     Use QPrintDialog to display a print dialog in your application.
@@ -357,7 +359,8 @@ void QAbstractPrintDialogPrivate::setPrinter(QPrinter *newPrinter)
     \brief The QPrintDialog class provides a dialog for specifying
     the printer's configuration.
 
-    \ingroup dialogs
+    \ingroup standard-dialogs
+    \ingroup printing
 
     The dialog allows users to change document-related settings, such
     as the paper size and orientation, type of print (color or
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog.cpp
index 4a40b48..766dcb4 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog.cpp
@@ -1510,9 +1510,7 @@ static const Qt::WindowFlags DefaultWindowFlags =
     \class QColorDialog
     \brief The QColorDialog class provides a dialog widget for specifying colors.
 
-    \mainclass
-    \ingroup dialogs
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup standard-dialogs
 
     The color dialog's function is to allow users to choose colors.
     For example, you might use this in a drawing program to allow the
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp
index 326dee4..16e5330 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QDialog
     \brief The QDialog class is the base class of dialog windows.
 
-    \ingroup dialogs
+    \ingroup dialog-classes
     \ingroup abstractwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A dialog window is a top-level window mostly used for short-term
     tasks and brief communications with the user. QDialogs may be
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp
index bc9972c..c83f33c 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp
@@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ QSize QErrorMessageTextView::sizeHint() const
 
     \brief The QErrorMessage class provides an error message display dialog.
 
-    \ingroup dialogs
-    \ingroup misc
+    \ingroup standard-dialog
 
     An error message widget consists of a text label and a checkbox. The
     checkbox lets the user control whether the same error message will be
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp
index 7a30c3d..0a4c1e2 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ Q_GUI_EXPORT _qt_filedialog_save_filename_hook qt_filedialog_save_filename_hook
 /*!
   \class QFileDialog
   \brief The QFileDialog class provides a dialog that allow users to select files or directories.
-  \ingroup dialogs
-  \mainclass
+  \ingroup standard-dialogs
+
 
   The QFileDialog class enables a user to traverse the file system in
   order to select one or many files or a directory.
@@ -2730,7 +2730,7 @@ void QFileDialogPrivate::_q_updateOkButton()
     if (lineEditText.startsWith(QLatin1String("//")) || lineEditText.startsWith(QLatin1Char('\\'))) {
         button->setEnabled(true);
         if (acceptMode == QFileDialog::AcceptSave)
-            button->setText(isOpenDirectory ? QFileDialog::tr("&Open") : acceptLabel);
+            button->setText(acceptLabel);
         return;
     }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qfontdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qfontdialog.cpp
index 3e57585..512dc65 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qfontdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qfontdialog.cpp
@@ -112,9 +112,8 @@ static const Qt::WindowFlags DefaultWindowFlags =
 
 /*!
   \class QFontDialog
-  \ingroup dialogs
-  \ingroup text
-  \mainclass
+  \ingroup standard-dialogs
+
   \brief The QFontDialog class provides a dialog widget for selecting a font.
 
     A font dialog is created through one of the static getFont()
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qinputdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qinputdialog.cpp
index a2b8304..39a6b07 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qinputdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qinputdialog.cpp
@@ -425,8 +425,8 @@ void QInputDialogPrivate::_q_currentRowChanged(const QModelIndex &newIndex,
     \class QInputDialog
     \brief The QInputDialog class provides a simple convenience dialog to get a
     single value from the user.
-    \ingroup dialogs
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup standard-dialogs
+
 
     The input value can be a string, a number or an item from a list. A label
     must be set to tell the user what they should enter.
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp
index 857ce46..7f21990 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp
@@ -434,8 +434,8 @@ void QMessageBoxPrivate::_q_buttonClicked(QAbstractButton *button)
     \brief The QMessageBox class provides a modal dialog for informing
     the user or for asking the user a question and receiving an answer.
 
-    \ingroup dialogs
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup standard-dialogs
+
 
     A message box displays a primary \l{QMessageBox::text}{text} to
     alert the user to a situation, an \l{QMessageBox::informativeText}
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qpagesetupdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qpagesetupdialog.cpp
index 5ca4935..a91eaea 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qpagesetupdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qpagesetupdialog.cpp
@@ -45,6 +45,52 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
+/*!
+    \class QPageSetupDialog
+
+    \brief The QPageSetupDialog class provides a configuration dialog
+    for the page-related options on a printer.
+
+    \ingroup standard-dialogs
+    \ingroup printing
+
+    On Windows and Mac OS X the page setup dialog is implemented using
+    the native page setup dialogs.
+
+    Note that on Windows and Mac OS X custom paper sizes won't be
+    reflected in the native page setup dialogs. Additionally, custom
+    page margins set on a QPrinter won't show in the native Mac OS X
+    page setup dialog.
+
+    \sa QPrinter, QPrintDialog
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPageSetupDialog::QPageSetupDialog(QPrinter *printer, QWidget *parent)
+
+    Constructs a page setup dialog that configures \a printer with \a
+    parent as the parent widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.5
+
+    \fn QPageSetupDialog::QPageSetupDialog(QWidget *parent)
+
+    Constructs a page setup dialog that configures a default-constructed
+    QPrinter with \a parent as the parent widget.
+
+    \sa printer()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinter *QPageSetupDialog::printer()
+
+    Returns the printer that was passed to the QPageSetupDialog
+    constructor.
+*/
+
 // hack
 class QPageSetupDialogPrivate : public QAbstractPageSetupDialogPrivate
 {
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qprintdialog.qdoc b/src/gui/dialogs/qprintdialog.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b52edff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qprintdialog.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinter *QPrintDialog::printer() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the printer this dialog configures, or 0 if
+    this dialog does not operate on any printer.
+
+    This function is available for Unix platforms only.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPrintDialog::setPrinter(QPrinter *printer, bool pickupSettings)
+
+    Sets this dialog to configure printer \a printer, or no printer if \a printer
+    is null. If \a pickupSettings is true, the dialog reads most of
+    its settings from \a printer. If \a pickupSettings is false (the
+    default) the dialog keeps its old settings.
+
+    This function is available for Unix platforms only.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPrintDialog::addButton(QPushButton *button)
+
+    Adds the \a button to the layout of the print dialog. The added
+    buttons are arranged from the left to the right below the
+    last groupbox of the printdialog.
+
+    This function is available for Unix platforms only.
+*/
+#endif
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp
index 6565739..8ac4717 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp
@@ -625,6 +625,9 @@ void QPrintPreviewDialogPrivate::_q_zoomFactorChanged()
     \brief The QPrintPreviewDialog class provides a dialog for
     previewing and configuring page layouts for printer output.
 
+    \ingroup standard-dialogs
+    \ingroup printing
+
     Using QPrintPreviewDialog in your existing application is
     straightforward:
 
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qprogressdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qprogressdialog.cpp
index 1ca1515..d55eadb 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qprogressdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qprogressdialog.cpp
@@ -196,8 +196,8 @@ void QProgressDialogPrivate::_q_disconnectOnClose()
 /*!
   \class QProgressDialog
   \brief The QProgressDialog class provides feedback on the progress of a slow operation.
-  \ingroup dialogs
-  \mainclass
+  \ingroup standard-dialogs
+
 
   A progress dialog is used to give the user an indication of how long
   an operation is going to take, and to demonstrate that the
diff --git a/src/gui/egl/egl.pri b/src/gui/egl/egl.pri
index 651507f..75a3d91 100644
--- a/src/gui/egl/egl.pri
+++ b/src/gui/egl/egl.pri
@@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ for(p, QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL) {
 }
 
 !isEmpty(QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL): INCLUDEPATH += $$QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL
-!isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBS_EGL): LIBS += $$QMAKE_LIBS_EGL
+!isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBS_EGL): LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QMAKE_LIBS_EGL
diff --git a/src/gui/embedded/embedded.pri b/src/gui/embedded/embedded.pri
index e8eb959..255a504 100644
--- a/src/gui/embedded/embedded.pri
+++ b/src/gui/embedded/embedded.pri
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ embedded {
 	}
 
 	contains( mouse-drivers, tslib ) {
-		LIBS += -lts
+		LIBS_PRIVATE += -lts
 		HEADERS +=embedded/qmousetslib_qws.h
 		SOURCES +=embedded/qmousetslib_qws.cpp
 	}
diff --git a/src/gui/embedded/qdirectpainter_qws.cpp b/src/gui/embedded/qdirectpainter_qws.cpp
index bae6ed9..bba862b 100644
--- a/src/gui/embedded/qdirectpainter_qws.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/embedded/qdirectpainter_qws.cpp
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 /*!
     \class QDirectPainter
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup qws
 
     \brief The QDirectPainter class provides direct access to the
diff --git a/src/gui/embedded/qlock.cpp b/src/gui/embedded/qlock.cpp
index 0f88832..c32e9b5 100644
--- a/src/gui/embedded/qlock.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/embedded/qlock.cpp
@@ -128,7 +128,6 @@ public:
     \brief The QLock class is a wrapper for a System V shared semaphore.
 
     \ingroup qws
-    \ingroup io
 
     \internal
 
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsgridlayout.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsgridlayout.cpp
index ee7048f..0fb284f 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsgridlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsgridlayout.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsGridLayout class provides a grid layout for managing
     widgets in Graphics View.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
+
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     The most common way to use QGraphicsGridLayout is to construct an object
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
index 5a84cfd..4f64c2a 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsItem class is the base class for all graphical
     items in a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
+
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     It provides a light-weight foundation for writing your own custom items.
@@ -328,6 +328,10 @@
     used for Asian languages.
     This flag was introduced in Qt 4.6.
 
+    \value ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent The item automatically stacks behind
+    it's parent if it's z-value is negative. This flag enables setZValue() to
+    toggle ItemStacksBehindParent.
+
     \value ItemAutoDetectsFocusProxy The item will assign any child that
     gains input focus as its focus proxy. See also focusProxy().
     This flag was introduced in Qt 4.6.
@@ -1196,6 +1200,9 @@ QGraphicsItem::QGraphicsItem(QGraphicsItemPrivate &dd, QGraphicsItem *parent,
     Destroys the QGraphicsItem and all its children. If this item is currently
     associated with a scene, the item will be removed from the scene before it
     is deleted.
+
+    \note It is more efficient to remove the item from the QGraphicsScene before
+    destroying the item.
 */
 QGraphicsItem::~QGraphicsItem()
 {
@@ -1209,10 +1216,12 @@ QGraphicsItem::~QGraphicsItem()
         Q_ASSERT(d_ptr->children.isEmpty());
     }
 
-    if (d_ptr->scene)
+    if (d_ptr->scene) {
         d_ptr->scene->d_func()->removeItemHelper(this);
-    else
+    } else {
+        d_ptr->resetFocusProxy();
         d_ptr->setParentItemHelper(0);
+    }
 
     if (d_ptr->transformData) {
         for(int i = 0; i < d_ptr->transformData->graphicsTransforms.size(); ++i) {
@@ -1573,6 +1582,11 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setFlags(GraphicsItemFlags flags)
             d_ptr->scene->d_func()->updateInputMethodSensitivityInViews();
     }
 
+    if ((flags & ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent) != (oldFlags & ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent)) {
+        // Update stack-behind.
+        setFlag(ItemStacksBehindParent, d_ptr->z < qreal(0.0));
+    }
+
     if (d_ptr->scene) {
         d_ptr->scene->d_func()->markDirty(this, QRectF(),
                                           /*invalidateChildren=*/true,
@@ -2202,11 +2216,10 @@ qreal QGraphicsItem::effectiveOpacity() const
 void QGraphicsItem::setOpacity(qreal opacity)
 {
     // Notify change.
-    const QVariant newOpacityVariant(itemChange(ItemOpacityChange, double(opacity)));
-    qreal newOpacity = newOpacityVariant.toDouble();
+    const QVariant newOpacityVariant(itemChange(ItemOpacityChange, opacity));
 
-    // Normalize.
-    newOpacity = qBound<qreal>(0.0, newOpacity, 1.0);
+    // Normalized opacity
+    qreal newOpacity = qBound(qreal(0), newOpacityVariant.toReal(), qreal(1));
 
     // No change? Done.
     if (newOpacity == d_ptr->opacity)
@@ -2625,13 +2638,11 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setFocusProxy(QGraphicsItem *item)
     }
 
     QGraphicsItem *lastFocusProxy = d_ptr->focusProxy;
+    if (lastFocusProxy)
+        lastFocusProxy->d_ptr->focusProxyRefs.removeOne(&d_ptr->focusProxy);
     d_ptr->focusProxy = item;
-    if (d_ptr->scene) {
-        if (lastFocusProxy)
-            d_ptr->scene->d_func()->focusProxyReverseMap.remove(lastFocusProxy, this);
-        if (item)
-            d_ptr->scene->d_func()->focusProxyReverseMap.insert(item, this);
-    }
+    if (item)
+        item->d_ptr->focusProxyRefs << &d_ptr->focusProxy;
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -3708,8 +3719,8 @@ qreal QGraphicsItem::zValue() const
 */
 void QGraphicsItem::setZValue(qreal z)
 {
-    const QVariant newZVariant(itemChange(ItemZValueChange, double(z)));
-    qreal newZ = qreal(newZVariant.toDouble());
+    const QVariant newZVariant(itemChange(ItemZValueChange, z));
+    qreal newZ = newZVariant.toReal();
     if (newZ == d_ptr->z)
         return;
 
@@ -3729,6 +3740,9 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setZValue(qreal z)
 
     itemChange(ItemZValueHasChanged, newZVariant);
 
+    if (d_ptr->flags & ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent)
+        setFlag(QGraphicsItem::ItemStacksBehindParent, z < qreal(0.0));
+
     if (d_ptr->isObject)
         emit static_cast<QGraphicsObject *>(this)->zChanged();
 }
@@ -4638,6 +4652,19 @@ void QGraphicsItemPrivate::clearSubFocus()
 /*!
     \internal
 
+    Sets the focusProxy pointer to 0 for all items that have this item as their
+    focusProxy. ### Qt 5: Use QPointer instead.
+*/
+void QGraphicsItemPrivate::resetFocusProxy()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < focusProxyRefs.size(); ++i)
+        *focusProxyRefs.at(i) = 0;
+    focusProxyRefs.clear();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
     Tells us if it is a proxy widget
 */
 bool QGraphicsItemPrivate::isProxyWidget() const
@@ -6828,11 +6855,12 @@ QGraphicsObject::QGraphicsObject(QGraphicsItemPrivate &dd, QGraphicsItem *parent
 
   By default, this property is true.
 
-  \sa QGraphicsItem::isEnabled(), QGraphicsItem::setEnabled(), enabledChanged()
+  \sa QGraphicsItem::isEnabled(), QGraphicsItem::setEnabled()
+  \sa QGraphicsObject::enabledChanged()
 */
 
 /*!
-  \fn QGraphicsObject::enabledChanged()
+  \fn void QGraphicsObject::enabledChanged()
 
   This signal gets emitted whenever the item get's enabled or disabled.
 
@@ -6884,7 +6912,7 @@ QGraphicsObject::QGraphicsObject(QGraphicsItemPrivate &dd, QGraphicsItem *parent
     \brief The QAbstractGraphicsShapeItem class provides a common base for
     all path items.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     This class does not fully implement an item by itself; in particular, it
     does not implement boundingRect() and paint(), which are inherited by
@@ -7019,7 +7047,6 @@ QPainterPath QAbstractGraphicsShapeItem::opaqueArea() const
     \brief The QGraphicsPathItem class provides a path item that you
     can add to a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     To set the item's path, pass a QPainterPath to QGraphicsPathItem's
@@ -7222,7 +7249,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsPathItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsRectItem class provides a rectangle item that you
     can add to a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     To set the item's rectangle, pass a QRectF to QGraphicsRectItem's
@@ -7467,7 +7493,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsRectItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsEllipseItem class provides an ellipse item that you
     can add to a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     QGraphicsEllipseItem respresents an ellipse with a fill and an outline,
@@ -7784,7 +7809,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsEllipseItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsPolygonItem class provides a polygon item that you
     can add to a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     To set the item's polygon, pass a QPolygonF to
@@ -8018,7 +8042,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsPolygonItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsLineItem class provides a line item that you can add to a
     QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     To set the item's line, pass a QLineF to QGraphicsLineItem's
@@ -8280,7 +8303,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsLineItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsPixmapItem class provides a pixmap item that you can add to
     a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     To set the item's pixmap, pass a QPixmap to QGraphicsPixmapItem's
@@ -8644,7 +8666,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsPixmapItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsTextItem class provides a text item that you can add to
     a QGraphicsScene to display formatted text.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     If you only need to show plain text in an item, consider using QGraphicsSimpleTextItem
@@ -9557,7 +9578,6 @@ void QGraphicsSimpleTextItemPrivate::updateBoundingRect()
     \brief The QGraphicsSimpleTextItem class provides a simple text path item
     that you can add to a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     To set the item's text, you can either pass a QString to
@@ -9793,7 +9813,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsSimpleTextItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsItemGroup class provides treating a group of items as
     one.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     A QGraphicsItemGroup is a special type of compound item that
@@ -10147,6 +10166,9 @@ QDebug operator<<(QDebug debug, QGraphicsItem::GraphicsItemFlag flag)
     case QGraphicsItem::ItemAcceptsInputMethod:
         str = "ItemAcceptsInputMethod";
         break;
+    case QGraphicsItem::ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent:
+        str = "ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent";
+        break;
     case QGraphicsItem::ItemAutoDetectsFocusProxy:
         str = "ItemAutoDetectsFocusProxy";
         break;
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h
index 622ca82..d34787d 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h
@@ -102,7 +102,8 @@ public:
         ItemHasNoContents = 0x400,
         ItemSendsGeometryChanges = 0x800,
         ItemAcceptsInputMethod = 0x1000,
-        ItemAutoDetectsFocusProxy = 0x2000
+        ItemAutoDetectsFocusProxy = 0x2000,
+        ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent = 0x4000
         // NB! Don't forget to increase the d_ptr->flags bit field by 1 when adding a new flag.
     };
     Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(GraphicsItemFlags, GraphicsItemFlag)
@@ -453,6 +454,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QGraphicsItem::GraphicsItemFlags)
+Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(QGraphicsItem, "com.trolltech.Qt.QGraphicsItem")
 
 inline void QGraphicsItem::setPos(qreal ax, qreal ay)
 { setPos(QPointF(ax, ay)); }
@@ -505,9 +507,9 @@ class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGraphicsObject : public QObject, public QGraphicsItem
     Q_OBJECT
     Q_PROPERTY(QGraphicsObject * parent READ parentObject WRITE setParentItem NOTIFY parentChanged DESIGNABLE false)
     Q_PROPERTY(QString id READ objectName WRITE setObjectName)
-    Q_PROPERTY(qreal opacity READ opacity WRITE setOpacity NOTIFY opacityChanged)
+    Q_PROPERTY(qreal opacity READ opacity WRITE setOpacity NOTIFY opacityChanged FINAL)
     Q_PROPERTY(bool enabled READ isEnabled WRITE setEnabled NOTIFY enabledChanged)
-    Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ isVisible WRITE setVisible NOTIFY visibleChanged)
+    Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ isVisible WRITE setVisible NOTIFY visibleChanged FINAL)
     Q_PROPERTY(QPointF pos READ pos WRITE setPos)
     Q_PROPERTY(qreal x READ x WRITE setX NOTIFY xChanged)
     Q_PROPERTY(qreal y READ y WRITE setY NOTIFY yChanged)
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h
index 786a435..24326f6 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ public:
     void purge();
 };
 
-class Q_AUTOTEST_EXPORT QGraphicsItemPrivate
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGraphicsItemPrivate
 {
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QGraphicsItem)
 public:
@@ -165,6 +165,7 @@ public:
         acceptedTouchBeginEvent(0),
         filtersDescendantEvents(0),
         sceneTransformTranslateOnly(0),
+        mouseSetsFocus(1),
         globalStackingOrder(-1),
         q_ptr(0)
     {
@@ -201,7 +202,7 @@ public:
     virtual QVariant inputMethodQueryHelper(Qt::InputMethodQuery query) const;
     static bool movableAncestorIsSelected(const QGraphicsItem *item);
 
-    void setPosHelper(const QPointF &pos);
+    virtual void setPosHelper(const QPointF &pos);
     void setTransformHelper(const QTransform &transform);
     void appendGraphicsTransform(QGraphicsTransform *t);
     void setVisibleHelper(bool newVisible, bool explicitly, bool update = true);
@@ -398,6 +399,7 @@ public:
 
     void setSubFocus();
     void clearSubFocus();
+    void resetFocusProxy();
 
     inline QTransform transformToParent() const;
     inline void ensureSortedChildren();
@@ -419,6 +421,7 @@ public:
     int siblingIndex;
     int depth;
     QGraphicsItem *focusProxy;
+    QList<QGraphicsItem **> focusProxyRefs;
     QGraphicsItem *subFocusItem;
     Qt::InputMethodHints imHints;
 
@@ -450,7 +453,7 @@ public:
 
     // New 32 bits
     quint32 fullUpdatePending : 1;
-    quint32 flags : 14;
+    quint32 flags : 15;
     quint32 dirtyChildrenBoundingRect : 1;
     quint32 paintedViewBoundingRectsNeedRepaint : 1;
     quint32 dirtySceneTransform : 1;
@@ -463,7 +466,8 @@ public:
     quint32 acceptedTouchBeginEvent : 1;
     quint32 filtersDescendantEvents : 1;
     quint32 sceneTransformTranslateOnly : 1;
-    quint32 unused : 5; // feel free to use
+    quint32 mouseSetsFocus : 1;
+    quint32 unused : 3; // feel free to use
 
     // Optional stacking order
     int globalStackingOrder;
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitemanimation.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitemanimation.cpp
index 0d7a3c6..c9b95ad 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitemanimation.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitemanimation.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsItemAnimation class provides simple animation
     support for QGraphicsItem.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     The QGraphicsItemAnimation class animates a QGraphicsItem. You can
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.cpp
index 3f039c6..58c174c 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QGraphicsLayout class provides the base class for all layouts
     in Graphics View.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     QGraphicsLayout is an abstract class that defines a virtual API for
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.h
index d7e087b..1a21e53 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.h
@@ -85,6 +85,8 @@ private:
     friend class QGraphicsWidget;
 };
 
+Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(QGraphicsLayout, "com.trolltech.Qt.QGraphicsLayout")
+
 #endif
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.cpp
index 46cf620..d33beaf 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.cpp
@@ -264,7 +264,6 @@ void QGraphicsLayoutItemPrivate::setSizeComponent(
     \brief The QGraphicsLayoutItem class can be inherited to allow your custom
     items to be managed by layouts.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     QGraphicsLayoutItem is an abstract class that defines a set of virtual
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.h
index 717777a..fb25e0c 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.h
@@ -122,6 +122,8 @@ private:
     friend class QGraphicsLayout;
 };
 
+Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(QGraphicsLayoutItem, "com.trolltech.Qt.QGraphicsLayoutItem")
+
 inline void QGraphicsLayoutItem::setMinimumSize(qreal aw, qreal ah)
 { setMinimumSize(QSizeF(aw, ah)); }
 inline void QGraphicsLayoutItem::setPreferredSize(qreal aw, qreal ah)
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslinearlayout.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslinearlayout.cpp
index c0ff00e..185780a 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslinearlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslinearlayout.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsLinearLayout class provides a horizontal or vertical
     layout for managing widgets in Graphics View.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     The default orientation for a linear layout is Qt::Horizontal. You can
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsproxywidget.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsproxywidget.cpp
index 784ee0e..4f626a2 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsproxywidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsproxywidget.cpp
@@ -67,7 +67,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QGraphicsProxyWidget class provides a proxy layer for embedding
     a QWidget in a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     QGraphicsProxyWidget embeds QWidget-based widgets, for example, a
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp
index 9b7dfe6..a2a92b8 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp
@@ -44,9 +44,8 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsScene class provides a surface for managing a large
     number of 2D graphical items.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The class serves as a container for QGraphicsItems. It is used together
     with QGraphicsView for visualizing graphical items, such as lines,
@@ -494,11 +493,7 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::removeItemHelper(QGraphicsItem *item)
     item->d_func()->scene = 0;
 
     // Unregister focus proxy.
-    QMultiHash<QGraphicsItem *, QGraphicsItem *>::iterator it = focusProxyReverseMap.find(item);
-    while (it != focusProxyReverseMap.end() && it.key() == item) {
-        it.value()->d_ptr->focusProxy = 0;
-        it = focusProxyReverseMap.erase(it);
-    }
+    item->d_ptr->resetFocusProxy();
 
     // Remove from parent, or unregister from toplevels.
     if (QGraphicsItem *parentItem = item->parentItem()) {
@@ -1083,7 +1078,7 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::mousePressEventHandler(QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *mou
     // Set focus on the topmost enabled item that can take focus.
     bool setFocus = false;
     foreach (QGraphicsItem *item, cachedItemsUnderMouse) {
-        if (item->isEnabled() && (item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusable)) {
+        if (item->isEnabled() && ((item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusable) && item->d_ptr->mouseSetsFocus)) {
             if (!item->isWidget() || ((QGraphicsWidget *)item)->focusPolicy() & Qt::ClickFocus) {
                 setFocus = true;
                 if (item != q->focusItem())
@@ -3806,7 +3801,8 @@ void QGraphicsScene::wheelEvent(QGraphicsSceneWheelEvent *wheelEvent)
 
     bool hasSetFocus = false;
     foreach (QGraphicsItem *item, wheelCandidates) {
-        if (!hasSetFocus && item->isEnabled() && (item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusable)) {
+        if (!hasSetFocus && item->isEnabled()
+            && ((item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusable) && item->d_ptr->mouseSetsFocus)) {
             if (item->isWidget() && static_cast<QGraphicsWidget *>(item)->focusPolicy() == Qt::WheelFocus) {
                 hasSetFocus = true;
                 if (item != focusItem())
@@ -5302,7 +5298,7 @@ bool QGraphicsScenePrivate::sendTouchBeginEvent(QGraphicsItem *origin, QTouchEve
     // Set focus on the topmost enabled item that can take focus.
     bool setFocus = false;
     foreach (QGraphicsItem *item, cachedItemsUnderMouse) {
-        if (item->isEnabled() && (item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusable)) {
+        if (item->isEnabled() && ((item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusable) && item->d_ptr->mouseSetsFocus)) {
             if (!item->isWidget() || ((QGraphicsWidget *)item)->focusPolicy() & Qt::ClickFocus) {
                 setFocus = true;
                 if (item != q->focusItem())
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h
index 8b53306..685f534 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h
@@ -59,6 +59,7 @@
 
 #include "qgraphicssceneevent.h"
 #include "qgraphicsview.h"
+#include "qgraphicsview_p.h"
 #include "qgraphicsitem_p.h"
 
 #include <private/qobject_p.h>
@@ -131,7 +132,6 @@ public:
     QGraphicsWidget *activeWindow;
     int activationRefCount;
     void setFocusItemHelper(QGraphicsItem *item, Qt::FocusReason focusReason);
-    QMultiHash<QGraphicsItem *, QGraphicsItem *> focusProxyReverseMap;
 
     QList<QGraphicsWidget *> popupWidgets;
     void addPopup(QGraphicsWidget *widget);
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscenebsptreeindex.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscenebsptreeindex.cpp
index 37308f0..433d0a8 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscenebsptreeindex.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscenebsptreeindex.cpp
@@ -44,9 +44,8 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneBspTreeIndex class provides an implementation of
     a BSP indexing algorithm for discovering items in QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.6
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
-    \mainclass
+
     \internal
 
     QGraphicsSceneBspTreeIndex index use a BSP(Binary Space Partitioning)
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneevent.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneevent.cpp
index f04b241..3ec14c3 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneevent.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneevent.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneEvent class provides a base class for all
     graphics view related events.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     When a QGraphicsView receives Qt mouse, keyboard, and drag and
@@ -86,7 +85,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent class provides mouse events
            in the graphics view framework.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     When a QGraphicsView receives a QMouseEvent, it translates it to
@@ -111,7 +109,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneWheelEvent class provides wheel events in the
     graphics view framework.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     \l{QWheelEvent}{QWheelEvent}s received by a QGraphicsView are translated
@@ -128,7 +125,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneContextMenuEvent class provides context
            menu events in the graphics view framework.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     A QContextMenuEvent received by a QGraphicsView is translated
@@ -160,7 +156,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneHoverEvent class provides hover events
            in the graphics view framework.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     When a QGraphicsView receives a QHoverEvent event, it translates
@@ -176,7 +171,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneHelpEvent class provides events when a
            tooltip is requested.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     When a QGraphicsView receives a QEvent of type
@@ -201,7 +195,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneDragDropEvent class provides events for
            drag and drop in the graphics view framework.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     QGraphicsView inherits the drag and drop functionality provided
@@ -226,7 +219,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneResizeEvent class provides events for widget
     resizing in the graphics view framework.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     A QGraphicsWidget sends itself a QGraphicsSceneResizeEvent immediately
@@ -243,7 +235,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneMoveEvent class provides events for widget
     moving in the graphics view framework.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     A QGraphicsWidget sends itself a QGraphicsSceneMoveEvent immediately when
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp
index 37a2fc3..feb44bb 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp
@@ -43,9 +43,8 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneIndex class provides a base class to implement
     a custom indexing algorithm for discovering items in QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.6
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
-    \mainclass
+
     \internal
 
     The QGraphicsSceneIndex class provides a base class to implement
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicstransform.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicstransform.cpp
index 005460e..edfcf8a 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicstransform.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicstransform.cpp
@@ -44,6 +44,7 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsTransform class is an abstract base class for building
     advanced transformations on QGraphicsItems.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     As an alternative to QGraphicsItem::transform, QGraphicsTransform lets you
     create and control advanced transformations that can be configured
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp
index f9700c5..07dc6ad 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp
@@ -48,9 +48,8 @@ static const int QGRAPHICSVIEW_PREALLOC_STYLE_OPTIONS = 503; // largest prime <
     \brief The QGraphicsView class provides a widget for displaying the
     contents of a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QGraphicsView visualizes the contents of a QGraphicsScene in a scrollable
     viewport. To create a scene with geometrical items, see QGraphicsScene's
@@ -493,8 +492,8 @@ void QGraphicsViewPrivate::centerView(QGraphicsView::ViewportAnchor anchor)
             // Last scene pos: lastMouseMoveScenePoint
             // Current mouse pos:
             QPointF transformationDiff = q->mapToScene(viewport->rect().center())
-                                         - q->mapToScene(q->mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()));
-            q->centerOn(lastMouseMoveScenePoint + transformationDiff);;
+                                         - q->mapToScene(viewport->mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()));
+            q->centerOn(lastMouseMoveScenePoint + transformationDiff);
         } else {
             q->centerOn(lastCenterPoint);
         }
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp
index b3cf547..157fbe5 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QGraphicsWidget class is the base class for all widget
     items in a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     QGraphicsWidget is an extended base item that provides extra functionality
@@ -258,7 +257,7 @@ QGraphicsWidget::~QGraphicsWidget()
 
     //we check if we have a layout previously
     if (d->layout) {
-        delete d->layout;
+        QGraphicsLayout *temp = d->layout;
         foreach (QGraphicsItem * item, childItems()) {
             // In case of a custom layout which doesn't remove and delete items, we ensure that
             // the parent layout item does not point to the deleted layout. This code is here to
@@ -269,6 +268,8 @@ QGraphicsWidget::~QGraphicsWidget()
                     widget->setParentLayoutItem(0);
             }
         }
+        d->layout = 0;
+        delete temp;
     }
 
     // Remove this graphics widget from widgetStyles
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h
index ad16685..ea8e78e 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h
@@ -69,6 +69,7 @@ class QGraphicsWidgetPrivate;
 class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGraphicsWidget : public QGraphicsObject, public QGraphicsLayoutItem
 {
     Q_OBJECT
+    Q_INTERFACES(QGraphicsItem QGraphicsLayoutItem)
     Q_PROPERTY(QPalette palette READ palette WRITE setPalette)
     Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont)
     Q_PROPERTY(Qt::LayoutDirection layoutDirection READ layoutDirection WRITE setLayoutDirection RESET unsetLayoutDirection)
diff --git a/src/gui/image/image.pri b/src/gui/image/image.pri
index 1010f7f..0970385 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/image.pri
+++ b/src/gui/image/image.pri
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ SOURCES += \
     SOURCES += image/qpnghandler.cpp
 
     contains(QT_CONFIG, system-png) {
-        unix:LIBS  += -lpng
+        unix:LIBS_PRIVATE  += -lpng
         win32:LIBS += libpng.lib
     } else {
         !isEqual(QT_ARCH, i386):!isEqual(QT_ARCH, x86_64):DEFINES += PNG_NO_ASSEMBLER_CODE
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qbitmap.cpp b/src/gui/image/qbitmap.cpp
index 5827dc1..e239022 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qbitmap.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qbitmap.cpp
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QBitmap
     \brief The QBitmap class provides monochrome (1-bit depth) pixmaps.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     The QBitmap class is a monochrome off-screen paint device used
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp b/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp
index 0d854d0..5a88e29 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp
@@ -445,9 +445,9 @@ Q_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(QFactoryLoader, loaderV2,
   \brief The QIcon class provides scalable icons in different modes
   and states.
 
-  \ingroup multimedia
+  \ingroup painting
   \ingroup shared
-  \mainclass
+
 
   A QIcon can generate smaller, larger, active, and disabled pixmaps
   from the set of pixmaps it is given. Such pixmaps are used by Qt
@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ QList<QSize> QIcon::availableSizes(Mode mode, State state) const
     \since 4.6
 
     Sets the search paths for icon themes to \a paths.
-    \sa themeSearchPaths(), fromTheme()
+    \sa themeSearchPaths(), fromTheme(), setThemeName()
 */
 void QIcon::setThemeSearchPaths(const QStringList &paths)
 {
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ void QIcon::setThemeSearchPaths(const QStringList &paths)
     On Mac the default search path will search in the
     [Contents/Resources/icons] part of the application bundle.
 
-    \sa setThemeSearchPaths(), fromTheme()
+    \sa setThemeSearchPaths(), fromTheme(), setThemeName()
 */
 QStringList QIcon::themeSearchPaths()
 {
@@ -903,16 +903,17 @@ QStringList QIcon::themeSearchPaths()
 /*!
     \since 4.6
 
-    Sets the current icon theme.
+    Sets the current icon theme to \a name.
 
-    The name should correspond to a directory name in the
-    current \ themeSearchPath() containing an index.theme
-    file describing it's contents..
+    The \a name should correspond to a directory name in the
+    current themeSearchPath() containing an index.theme
+    file describing it's contents.
 
+    \sa themeSearchPaths(), themeName()
 */
-void QIcon::setThemeName(const QString &path)
+void QIcon::setThemeName(const QString &name)
 {
-    QIconLoader::instance()->setThemeName(path);
+    QIconLoader::instance()->setThemeName(name);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -923,7 +924,8 @@ void QIcon::setThemeName(const QString &path)
     On X11, the current icon theme depends on your desktop
     settings. On other platforms it is not set by default.
 
-    \sa themeSearchPaths(), fromTheme(), hasThemeIcon()
+    \sa setThemeName(), themeSearchPaths(), fromTheme(),
+    hasThemeIcon()
 */
 QString QIcon::themeName()
 {
@@ -960,7 +962,7 @@ QString QIcon::themeName()
     compliant theme in one of your themeSearchPaths() and set the
     appropriate themeName().
 
-    \sa themeName(), themeSearchPaths()
+    \sa themeName(), setThemeName(), themeSearchPaths()
 */
 QIcon QIcon::fromTheme(const QString &name, const QIcon &fallback)
 {
@@ -994,10 +996,10 @@ QIcon QIcon::fromTheme(const QString &name, const QIcon &fallback)
 /*!
     \since 4.6
 
-    Returns true if there is an icon available for a \a name in the current
-    icon theme, otherwise returns false.
+    Returns true if there is an icon available for \a name in the
+    current icon theme, otherwise returns false.
 
-    \sa themeSearchPaths(), fromTheme()
+    \sa themeSearchPaths(), fromTheme(), setThemeName()
 */
 bool QIcon::hasThemeIcon(const QString &name)
 {
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qiconengine.cpp b/src/gui/image/qiconengine.cpp
index 8e39607..930834d 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qiconengine.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qiconengine.cpp
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
   \brief The QIconEngine class provides an abstract base class for QIcon renderers.
 
-  \ingroup multimedia
+  \ingroup painting
 
   \bold {Use QIconEngineV2 instead.}
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ void QIconEngine::addFile(const QString &/*fileName*/, const QSize &/*size*/, QI
 
     \brief The QIconEngineV2 class provides an abstract base class for QIcon renderers.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \since 4.3
 
     An icon engine renders \l{QIcon}s. With icon engines, you can
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp b/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp
index 5e635d6..86e27bd 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp
@@ -61,11 +61,7 @@
 
 #include <qhash.h>
 
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_IMAGEENGINE
 #include <private/qpaintengine_raster_p.h>
-#else
-#include <qpaintengine.h>
-#endif
 
 #include <private/qimage_p.h>
 
@@ -343,9 +339,9 @@ bool QImageData::checkForAlphaPixels() const
 /*!
     \class QImage
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     \brief The QImage class provides a hardware-independent image
@@ -5254,11 +5250,10 @@ QPaintEngine *QImage::paintEngine() const
     if (!d)
         return 0;
 
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_IMAGEENGINE
     if (!d->paintEngine) {
         d->paintEngine = new QRasterPaintEngine(const_cast<QImage *>(this));
     }
-#endif
+
     return d->paintEngine;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qimagereader.cpp b/src/gui/image/qimagereader.cpp
index 06c8f21..b127de7 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qimagereader.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qimagereader.cpp
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
     for reading images from files or other devices.
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup io
 
     The most common way to read images is through QImage and QPixmap's
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qimagewriter.cpp b/src/gui/image/qimagewriter.cpp
index c734169..1f06493 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qimagewriter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qimagewriter.cpp
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
     for writing images to files or other devices.
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup io
 
     QImageWriter supports setting format specific options, such as the
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp b/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp
index 2265e7b..179e6bb 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
     \brief The QMovie class is a convenience class for playing movies
     with QImageReader.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     First, create a QMovie object by passing either the name of a file or a
     pointer to a QIODevice containing an animated image format to QMovie's
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ QFrameInfo QMoviePrivate::infoForFrame(int frameNumber)
                         reader = new QImageReader(device, format);
                     else
                         reader = new QImageReader(absoluteFilePath, format);
-                    reader->canRead(); // Provoke a device->open() call
+                    (void)reader->canRead(); // Provoke a device->open() call
                     reader->device()->seek(initialDevicePos);
                     reader->setBackgroundColor(bgColor);
                     reader->setScaledSize(scaledSize);
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpicture.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpicture.cpp
index 2dcb9c7..1136a97 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpicture.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpicture.cpp
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ void qt_format_text(const QFont &fnt, const QRectF &_r,
     \brief The QPicture class is a paint device that records and
     replays QPainter commands.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A picture serializes painter commands to an IO device in a
     platform-independent format. They are sometimes referred to as meta-files.
@@ -1303,7 +1303,7 @@ QList<QByteArray> QPicture::outputFormats()
     \brief The QPictureIO class contains parameters for loading and
     saving pictures.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup io
 
     QPictureIO contains a QIODevice object that is used for picture data
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp
index 93077d7..79b1f17 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp
@@ -854,14 +854,10 @@ bool QPixmap::load(const QString &fileName, const char *format, Qt::ImageConvers
         return false;
 
     QPixmap pm;
-    QT_TRY {
-        if (data->pixelType() == QPixmapData::BitmapType)
-            pm = QBitmap::fromImage(image, flags);
-        else
-            pm = fromImage(image, flags);
-    } QT_CATCH (const std::bad_alloc &) {
-        // swallow bad allocs and leave pm a null pixmap
-    }
+    if (data->pixelType() == QPixmapData::BitmapType)
+        pm = QBitmap::fromImage(image, flags);
+    else
+        pm = fromImage(image, flags);
     if (!pm.isNull()) {
         *this = pm;
         QPixmapCache::insert(key, *this);
@@ -1569,9 +1565,9 @@ QPixmap QPixmap::transformed(const QMatrix &matrix, Qt::TransformationMode mode)
     \brief The QPixmap class is an off-screen image representation
     that can be used as a paint device.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Qt provides four classes for handling image data: QImage, QPixmap,
     QBitmap and QPicture. QImage is designed and optimized for I/O,
@@ -1993,16 +1989,11 @@ QPixmap QPixmap::fromImage(const QImage &image, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags)
     if (image.isNull())
         return QPixmap();
 
-    QT_TRY {
-        QGraphicsSystem* gs = QApplicationPrivate::graphicsSystem();
-        QScopedPointer<QPixmapData> data(gs ? gs->createPixmapData(QPixmapData::PixmapType)
-                               : QGraphicsSystem::createDefaultPixmapData(QPixmapData::PixmapType));
-        data->fromImage(image, flags);
-        return QPixmap(data.take());
-    } QT_CATCH(const std::bad_alloc &) {
-        // we're out of memory - return a null Pixmap
-        return QPixmap();
-    }
+    QGraphicsSystem* gs = QApplicationPrivate::graphicsSystem();
+    QScopedPointer<QPixmapData> data(gs ? gs->createPixmapData(QPixmapData::PixmapType)
+            : QGraphicsSystem::createDefaultPixmapData(QPixmapData::PixmapType));
+    data->fromImage(image, flags);
+    return QPixmap(data.take());
 }
 
 /*!
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp
index 8c911bb..5959da1 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp
@@ -38,7 +38,6 @@
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
-//#define QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
 
 #include "qpixmap.h"
 #include "qimage.h"
@@ -52,9 +51,6 @@
 #include <private/qdrawhelper_p.h>
 #include <private/qpixmap_mac_p.h>
 #include <private/qpixmap_raster_p.h>
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-#  include <private/qpaintengine_raster_p.h>
-#endif
 #include <private/qpaintengine_mac_p.h>
 #include <private/qt_mac_p.h>
 #include <private/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h>
@@ -1098,14 +1094,7 @@ QPaintEngine* QMacPixmapData::paintEngine() const
 {
     if (!pengine) {
         QMacPixmapData *that = const_cast<QMacPixmapData*>(this);
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-        if (qgetenv("QT_MAC_USE_COREGRAPHICS").isNull())
-            that->pengine = new QRasterPaintEngine();
-        else
-            that->pengine = new QCoreGraphicsPaintEngine();
-#else
         that->pengine = new QCoreGraphicsPaintEngine();
-#endif
     }
     return pengine;
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_s60.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_s60.cpp
index 58b3ee4..ab19924 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_s60.cpp
@@ -202,10 +202,13 @@ return a null QPixmap.
 
 QPixmap QPixmap::fromSymbianCFbsBitmap(CFbsBitmap *bitmap)
 {
+    if (!bitmap)
+        return QPixmap();
+
     int width = bitmap->SizeInPixels().iWidth;
     int height = bitmap->SizeInPixels().iHeight;
 
-    if (!bitmap || width <= 0 || height <= 0 || bitmap->IsCompressedInRAM())
+    if (width <= 0 || height <= 0 || bitmap->IsCompressedInRAM())
         return QPixmap();
 
     TDisplayMode displayMode = bitmap->DisplayMode();
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmapcache.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmapcache.cpp
index 5f0564e..b8d6ac1 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmapcache.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmapcache.cpp
@@ -51,8 +51,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
     \brief The QPixmapCache class provides an application-wide cache for pixmaps.
 
-    \ingroup environment
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     This class is a tool for optimized drawing with QPixmap. You can
     use it to store temporary pixmaps that are expensive to generate
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp
index cd80b10..968ecd7 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
 /*!
     \class QPixmapFilter
     \since 4.5
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QPixmapFilter class provides the basic functionality for
     pixmap filter classes. Pixmap filter can be for example colorize or blur.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ QRectF QPixmapFilter::boundingRectFor(const QRectF &rect) const
 /*!
     \class QPixmapConvolutionFilter
     \since 4.5
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QPixmapConvolutionFilter class provides convolution
     filtering for pixmaps.
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ static void grayscale(const QImage &image, QImage &dest, const QRect& rect = QRe
 /*!
     \class QPixmapColorizeFilter
     \since 4.5
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QPixmapColorizeFilter class provides colorizing
     filtering for pixmaps.
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ public:
 /*!
     \class QPixmapDropShadowFilter
     \since 4.5
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QPixmapDropShadowFilter class is a convenience class
     for drawing pixmaps with drop shadows.
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp
index e3475d6..64bc5d3 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ QVariant QPngHandler::option(ImageOption option) const
 void QPngHandler::setOption(ImageOption option, const QVariant &value)
 {
     if (option == Gamma)
-        d->gamma = value.toDouble();
+        d->gamma = value.toFloat();
     else if (option == Quality)
         d->quality = value.toInt();
     else if (option == Description)
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp b/src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp
index 77ccb48..ed8f4c1 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ static int read_pbm_int(QIODevice *d)
         else if (isspace((uchar) c))
             continue;
         else if (c == '#')
-            d->readLine(buf, buflen);
+            (void)d->readLine(buf, buflen);
         else
             break;
     }
diff --git a/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_s60.cpp b/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_s60.cpp
index d4f8341..833e000 100644
--- a/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_s60.cpp
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ void QCoeFepInputContext::reset()
 
 void QCoeFepInputContext::ReportAknEdStateEvent(MAknEdStateObserver::EAknEdwinStateEvent aEventType)
 {
-	QT_TRAP_THROWING(m_fepState->ReportAknEdStateEventL(QT_EAknCursorPositionChanged));
+    QT_TRAP_THROWING(m_fepState->ReportAknEdStateEventL(aEventType));
 }
 
 void QCoeFepInputContext::update()
diff --git a/src/gui/inputmethod/qinputcontextfactory.cpp b/src/gui/inputmethod/qinputcontextfactory.cpp
index 6279bed..5b8e5d0 100644
--- a/src/gui/inputmethod/qinputcontextfactory.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/inputmethod/qinputcontextfactory.cpp
@@ -89,7 +89,6 @@ Q_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(QFactoryLoader, loader,
     \class QInputContextFactory
     \brief The QInputContextFactory class creates QInputContext objects.
 
-    \ingroup appearance
 
     The input context factory creates a QInputContext object for a
     given key with QInputContextFactory::create().
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemdelegate.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemdelegate.cpp
index 22b96fc..447538a 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemdelegate.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemdelegate.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     data items from a model.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QAbstractItemDelegate provides the interface and common functionality
     for delegates in the model/view architecture. Delegates display
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp
index 78f81cb..8f8eae5 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp
@@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ QAbstractItemViewPrivate::QAbstractItemViewPrivate()
         currentlyCommittingEditor(0),
         pressedModifiers(Qt::NoModifier),
         pressedPosition(QPoint(-1, -1)),
+        pressedAlreadySelected(false),
         viewportEnteredNeeded(false),
         state(QAbstractItemView::NoState),
         editTriggers(QAbstractItemView::DoubleClicked|QAbstractItemView::EditKeyPressed),
@@ -166,7 +167,7 @@ void QAbstractItemViewPrivate::checkMouseMove(const QPersistentModelIndex &index
     item view classes.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QAbstractItemView class is the base class for every standard view
     that uses a QAbstractItemModel. QAbstractItemView is an abstract
@@ -584,7 +585,7 @@ void QAbstractItemView::setModel(QAbstractItemModel *model)
                "QAbstractItemView::setModel",
                "The parent of a top level index should be invalid");
 
-    if (d->model && d->model != QAbstractItemModelPrivate::staticEmptyModel()) {
+    if (d->model != QAbstractItemModelPrivate::staticEmptyModel()) {
         connect(d->model, SIGNAL(destroyed()),
                 this, SLOT(_q_modelDestroyed()));
         connect(d->model, SIGNAL(dataChanged(QModelIndex,QModelIndex)),
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qcolumnview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qcolumnview.cpp
index fd8106f..9597656 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qcolumnview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qcolumnview.cpp
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QColumnView class provides a model/view implementation of a column view.
     \ingroup model-view
     \ingroup advanced
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QColumnView displays a model in a number of QListViews, one for each
     hierarchy in the tree.  This is sometimes referred to as a cascading list.
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp
index efbddde..5d3bb12 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QHeaderViewPrivate::SectionSpan &span)
     item views.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QHeaderView displays the headers used in item views such as the
     QTableView and QTreeView classes. It takes the place of Qt3's \c QHeader
@@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@ void QHeaderView::dataChanged(const QModelIndex &topLeft, const QModelIndex &bot
         int first = orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? topLeft.column() : topLeft.row();
         int last = orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? bottomRight.column() : bottomRight.row();
         for (int i = first; i <= last && !resizeRequired; ++i)
-            resizeRequired = (resizeRequired && resizeMode(i));
+            resizeRequired = (resizeMode(i) == ResizeToContents);
         if (resizeRequired)
             d->doDelayedResizeSections();
     }
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
index 3e42ea6..5b69f44 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ QSizeF QItemDelegatePrivate::doTextLayout(int lineWidth) const
     data items from a model.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QItemDelegate can be used to provide custom display features and editor
     widgets for item views based on QAbstractItemView subclasses. Using a
@@ -352,7 +352,10 @@ void QItemDelegate::setClipping(bool clip)
 QString QItemDelegatePrivate::valueToText(const QVariant &value, const QStyleOptionViewItemV4 &option)
 {
     QString text;
-    switch (value.type()) {
+    switch (value.userType()) {
+        case QMetaType::Float:
+            text = option.locale.toString(value.toFloat(), 'g');
+            break;
         case QVariant::Double:
             text = option.locale.toString(value.toDouble(), 'g', DBL_DIG);
             break;
@@ -719,8 +722,6 @@ void QItemDelegate::drawDisplay(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionViewItem &o
             //let's add the last line (after the last QChar::LineSeparator)
             elided += option.fontMetrics.elidedText(text.mid(start),
                                                     option.textElideMode, textRect.width());
-            if (end != -1)
-                elided += QChar::LineSeparator;
         }
         d->textLayout.setText(elided);
         textLayoutSize = d->doTextLayout(textRect.width());
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemselectionmodel_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemselectionmodel_p.h
index 6e1046c..e9e6bb1 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemselectionmodel_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemselectionmodel_p.h
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     QItemSelectionModelPrivate()
       : model(0),
         currentCommand(QItemSelectionModel::NoUpdate),
-        tableSelected(false) {}
+        tableSelected(false), tableColCount(0), tableRowCount(0) {}
 
     QItemSelection expandSelection(const QItemSelection &selection,
                                    QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlags command) const;
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
index 945d5e7..ea38f5f 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
     \ingroup model-view
     \ingroup advanced
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QListView presents items stored in a model, either as a simple
     non-hierarchical list, or as a collection of icons. This class is used
@@ -1957,7 +1957,6 @@ bool QListView::event(QEvent *e)
 QListViewPrivate::QListViewPrivate()
     : QAbstractItemViewPrivate(),
       dynamicListView(0),
-      staticListView(0),
       wrap(false),
       space(0),
       flow(QListView::TopToBottom),
@@ -1968,14 +1967,17 @@ QListViewPrivate::QListViewPrivate()
       modeProperties(0),
       column(0),
       uniformItemSizes(false),
-      batchSize(100)
+      batchSize(100),
+      showElasticBand(false)
 {
 }
 
 QListViewPrivate::~QListViewPrivate()
 {
-    delete staticListView;
-    delete dynamicListView;
+    if (viewMode == QListView::ListMode)
+        delete staticListView;
+    else
+        delete dynamicListView;
 }
 
 void QListViewPrivate::clear()
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview_p.h
index 1131059..6c8d324 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview_p.h
@@ -351,9 +351,10 @@ public:
 
     QItemViewPaintPairs draggablePaintPairs(const QModelIndexList &indexes, QRect *r) const;
 
-    // ### FIXME: we only need one at a time
-    QDynamicListViewBase *dynamicListView;
-    QStaticListViewBase *staticListView;
+    union {
+        QDynamicListViewBase *dynamicListView;
+        QStaticListViewBase *staticListView;
+    };
 
     // ### FIXME: see if we can move the members into the dynamic/static classes
 
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp
index 2792bbd..232b4d2 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp
@@ -708,9 +708,7 @@ QVariant QListWidgetItem::data(int role) const
 bool QListWidgetItem::operator<(const QListWidgetItem &other) const
 {
     const QVariant v1 = data(Qt::DisplayRole), v2 = other.data(Qt::DisplayRole);
-    if (QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(v1) && QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(v2))
-        return v1.toDouble() < v2.toDouble();
-    return v1.toString() < v2.toString();
+    return QAbstractItemModelPrivate::variantLessThan(v1, v2);
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
@@ -1127,7 +1125,7 @@ void QListWidgetPrivate::_q_dataChanged(const QModelIndex &topLeft,
     \brief The QListWidget class provides an item-based list widget.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QListWidget is a convenience class that provides a list view similar to the
     one supplied by QListView, but with a classic item-based interface for
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget_p.h
index 124222c..0851e20 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget_p.h
@@ -163,7 +163,6 @@ class QListWidgetItemPrivate
 public:
     QListWidgetItemPrivate(QListWidgetItem *item) : q(item), theid(-1) {}
     QListWidgetItem *q;
-    int id;
     QVector<QWidgetItemData> values;
     int theid;
 };
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp
index d39506d..d173efe 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp
@@ -1278,82 +1278,76 @@ void QSortFilterProxyModelPrivate::_q_sourceColumnsRemoved(
 /*!
     \since 4.1
     \class QSortFilterProxyModel
-    \brief The QSortFilterProxyModel class provides support for sorting and filtering data passed
-    between another model and a view.
+    \brief The QSortFilterProxyModel class provides support for sorting and
+    filtering data passed between another model and a view.
 
     \ingroup model-view
 
-    QSortFilterProxyModel can be used for sorting items, filtering
-    out items, or both. The model transforms the structure of a
-    source model by mapping the model indexes it supplies to new
-    indexes, corresponding to different locations, for views to use.
-    This approach allows a given source model to be restructured as
-    far as views are concerned without requiring any transformations
-    on the underlying data, and without duplicating the data in
+    QSortFilterProxyModel can be used for sorting items, filtering out items,
+    or both. The model transforms the structure of a source model by mapping
+    the model indexes it supplies to new indexes, corresponding to different
+    locations, for views to use. This approach allows a given source model to
+    be restructured as far as views are concerned without requiring any
+    transformations on the underlying data, and without duplicating the data in
     memory.
 
-    Let's assume that we want to sort and filter the items provided
-    by a custom model. The code to set up the model and the view, \e
-    without sorting and filtering, would look like this:
+    Let's assume that we want to sort and filter the items provided by a custom
+    model. The code to set up the model and the view, \e without sorting and
+    filtering, would look like this:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel-details/main.cpp 1
 
-    To add sorting and filtering support to \c MyItemModel, we need
-    to create a QSortFilterProxyModel, call setSourceModel() with the
-    \c MyItemModel as argument, and install the QSortFilterProxyModel
-    on the view:
+    To add sorting and filtering support to \c MyItemModel, we need to create
+    a QSortFilterProxyModel, call setSourceModel() with the \c MyItemModel as
+    argument, and install the QSortFilterProxyModel on the view:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel-details/main.cpp 0
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel-details/main.cpp 2
 
-    At this point, neither sorting nor filtering is enabled; the
-    original data is displayed in the view. Any changes made through
-    the QSortFilterProxyModel are applied to the original model.
+    At this point, neither sorting nor filtering is enabled; the original data
+    is displayed in the view. Any changes made through the
+    QSortFilterProxyModel are applied to the original model.
 
-    The QSortFilterProxyModel acts as a wrapper for the original
-    model. If you need to convert source \l{QModelIndex}es to
-    sorted/filtered model indexes or vice versa, use mapToSource(),
-    mapFromSource(), mapSelectionToSource(), and
-    mapSelectionFromSource().
+    The QSortFilterProxyModel acts as a wrapper for the original model. If you
+    need to convert source \l{QModelIndex}es to sorted/filtered model indexes
+    or vice versa, use mapToSource(), mapFromSource(), mapSelectionToSource(),
+    and mapSelectionFromSource().
 
-    \note By default, the model does not dynamically re-sort and re-filter
-    data whenever the original model changes. This behavior can be
-    changed by setting the \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::dynamicSortFilter}
-    {dynamicSortFilter} property.
+    \note By default, the model does not dynamically re-sort and re-filter data
+    whenever the original model changes. This behavior can be changed by
+    setting the \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::dynamicSortFilter}{dynamicSortFilter}
+    property.
 
-    The \l{itemviews/basicsortfiltermodel}{Basic Sort/Filter Model}
-    and \l{itemviews/customsortfiltermodel}{Custom Sort/Filter Model}
-    examples illustrate how to use QSortFilterProxyModel to perform
-    basic sorting and filtering and how to subclass it to implement
-    custom behavior.
+    The \l{itemviews/basicsortfiltermodel}{Basic Sort/Filter Model} and
+    \l{itemviews/customsortfiltermodel}{Custom Sort/Filter Model} examples
+    illustrate how to use QSortFilterProxyModel to perform basic sorting and
+    filtering and how to subclass it to implement custom behavior.
 
     \section1 Sorting
 
     QTableView and QTreeView have a
-    \l{QTreeView::sortingEnabled}{sortingEnabled} property that
-    controls whether the user can sort the view by clicking the
-    view's horizontal header. For example:
+    \l{QTreeView::sortingEnabled}{sortingEnabled} property that controls
+    whether the user can sort the view by clicking the view's horizontal
+    header. For example:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel-details/main.cpp 3
 
-    When this feature is on (the default is off), clicking on a
-    header section sorts the items according to that column. By
-    clicking repeatedly, the user can alternate between ascending and
-    descending order.
+    When this feature is on (the default is off), clicking on a header section
+    sorts the items according to that column. By clicking repeatedly, the user
+    can alternate between ascending and descending order.
 
     \image qsortfilterproxymodel-sorting.png A sorted QTreeView
 
-    Behind the scene, the view calls the sort() virtual function on
-    the model to reorder the data in the model. To make your data
-    sortable, you can either implement sort() in your model, or you
-    use a QSortFilterProxyModel to wrap your model --
-    QSortFilterProxyModel provides a generic sort() reimplementation
-    that operates on the sortRole() (Qt::DisplayRole by default) of
-    the items and that understands several data types, including \c
-    int, QString, and QDateTime. For hierarchical models, sorting is
-    applied recursively to all child items. String comparisons are
-    case sensitive by default; this can be changed by setting the
-    \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::}{sortCaseSensitivity} property.
+    Behind the scene, the view calls the sort() virtual function on the model
+    to reorder the data in the model. To make your data sortable, you can
+    either implement sort() in your model, or use a QSortFilterProxyModel to
+    wrap your model -- QSortFilterProxyModel provides a generic sort()
+    reimplementation that operates on the sortRole() (Qt::DisplayRole by
+    default) of the items and that understands several data types, including
+    \c int, QString, and QDateTime. For hierarchical models, sorting is applied
+    recursively to all child items. String comparisons are case sensitive by
+    default; this can be changed by setting the \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::}
+    {sortCaseSensitivity} property.
 
     Custom sorting behavior is achieved by subclassing
     QSortFilterProxyModel and reimplementing lessThan(), which is
@@ -1365,43 +1359,42 @@ void QSortFilterProxyModelPrivate::_q_sourceColumnsRemoved(
     \l{itemviews/customsortfiltermodel}{Custom Sort/Filter Model}
     example.)
 
-    An alternative approach to sorting is to disable sorting on the
-    view and to impose a certain order to the user. This is done by
-    explicitly calling sort() with the desired column and order as
-    arguments on the QSortFilterProxyModel (or on the original model
-    if it implements sort()). For example:
+    An alternative approach to sorting is to disable sorting on the view and to
+    impose a certain order to the user. This is done by explicitly calling
+    sort() with the desired column and order as arguments on the
+    QSortFilterProxyModel (or on the original model if it implements sort()).
+    For example:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel-details/main.cpp 4
 
-    QSortFilterProxyModel can be sorted by column -1, in which case it
-    returns to the sort order of the underlying source model.
+    QSortFilterProxyModel can be sorted by column -1, in which case it returns
+    to the sort order of the underlying source model.
 
     \section1 Filtering
 
-    In addition to sorting, QSortFilterProxyModel can be used to hide
-    items that don't match a certain filter. The filter is specified
-    using a QRegExp object and is applied to the filterRole()
-    (Qt::DisplayRole by default) of each item, for a given column.
-    The QRegExp object can be used to match a regular expression, a
-    wildcard pattern, or a fixed string. For example:
+    In addition to sorting, QSortFilterProxyModel can be used to hide items
+    that do not match a certain filter. The filter is specified using a QRegExp
+    object and is applied to the filterRole() (Qt::DisplayRole by default) of
+    each item, for a given column. The QRegExp object can be used to match a
+    regular expression, a wildcard pattern, or a fixed string. For example:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel-details/main.cpp 5
 
-    For hierarchical models, the filter is applied recursively to all
-    children. If a parent item doesn't match the filter, none of its
-    children will be shown.
+    For hierarchical models, the filter is applied recursively to all children.
+    If a parent item doesn't match the filter, none of its children will be
+    shown.
 
-    A common use case is to let the user specify the filter regexp,
-    wildcard pattern, or fixed string in a QLineEdit and to connect
-    the \l{QLineEdit::textChanged()}{textChanged()} signal to
-    setFilterRegExp(), setFilterWildcard(), or setFilterFixedString()
-    to reapply the filter.
+    A common use case is to let the user specify the filter regexp, wildcard
+    pattern, or fixed string in a QLineEdit and to connect the
+    \l{QLineEdit::textChanged()}{textChanged()} signal to setFilterRegExp(),
+    setFilterWildcard(), or setFilterFixedString() to reapply the filter.
 
     Custom filtering behavior can be achieved by reimplementing the
     filterAcceptsRow() and filterAcceptsColumn() functions. For
-    example, the following implementation ignores the
-    \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::filterKeyColumn}{filterKeyColumn}
-    property and performs filtering on columns 0, 1, and 2:
+    example (from the \l{itemviews/customsortfiltermodel}
+    {Custom Sort/Filter Model} example), the following implementation ignores
+    the \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::filterKeyColumn}{filterKeyColumn} property
+    and performs filtering on columns 0, 1, and 2:
 
     \snippet examples/itemviews/customsortfiltermodel/mysortfilterproxymodel.cpp 3
 
@@ -1411,24 +1404,24 @@ void QSortFilterProxyModelPrivate::_q_sourceColumnsRemoved(
 
     If you are working with large amounts of filtering and have to invoke
     invalidateFilter() repeatedly, using reset() may be more efficient,
-    depending on the implementation of your model. However, note that reset()
-    returns the proxy model to its original state, losing selection
-    information, and will cause the proxy model to be repopulated.
+    depending on the implementation of your model. However, reset() returns the
+    proxy model to its original state, losing selection information, and will
+    cause the proxy model to be repopulated.
 
     \section1 Subclassing
 
-    \bold{Note:} Some general guidelines for subclassing models are
-    available in the \l{Model Subclassing Reference}.
-
     Since QAbstractProxyModel and its subclasses are derived from
-    QAbstractItemModel, much of the same advice about subclassing normal
-    models also applies to proxy models. In addition, it is worth noting
-    that many of the default implementations of functions in this class
-    are written so that they call the equivalent functions in the relevant
-    source model. This simple proxying mechanism may need to be overridden
-    for source models with more complex behavior; for example, if the
-    source model provides a custom hasChildren() implementation, you
-    should also provide one in the proxy model.
+    QAbstractItemModel, much of the same advice about subclassing normal models
+    also applies to proxy models. In addition, it is worth noting that many of
+    the default implementations of functions in this class are written so that
+    they call the equivalent functions in the relevant source model. This
+    simple proxying mechanism may need to be overridden for source models with
+    more complex behavior; for example, if the source model provides a custom
+    hasChildren() implementation, you should also provide one in the proxy
+    model.
+
+    \note Some general guidelines for subclassing models are available in the
+    \l{Model Subclassing Reference}.
 
     \sa QAbstractProxyModel, QAbstractItemModel, {Model/View Programming},
     {Basic Sort/Filter Model Example}, {Custom Sort/Filter Model Example}
@@ -1991,9 +1984,11 @@ Qt::SortOrder QSortFilterProxyModel::sortOrder() const
     \brief the QRegExp used to filter the contents of the source model
 
     Setting this property overwrites the current
-    \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::filterCaseSensitivity}
-    {filterCaseSensitivity}. By default, the QRegExp is an empty
-    string matching all contents.
+    \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::filterCaseSensitivity}{filterCaseSensitivity}.
+    By default, the QRegExp is an empty string matching all contents.
+
+    If no QRegExp or an empty string is set, everything in the source model
+    will be accepted.
 
     \sa filterCaseSensitivity, setFilterWildcard(), setFilterFixedString()
 */
@@ -2316,7 +2311,7 @@ bool QSortFilterProxyModel::lessThan(const QModelIndex &left, const QModelIndex
     Q_D(const QSortFilterProxyModel);
     QVariant l = (left.model() ? left.model()->data(left, d->sort_role) : QVariant());
     QVariant r = (right.model() ? right.model()->data(right, d->sort_role) : QVariant());
-    switch (l.type()) {
+    switch (l.userType()) {
     case QVariant::Invalid:
         return (r.type() == QVariant::Invalid);
     case QVariant::Int:
@@ -2327,6 +2322,8 @@ bool QSortFilterProxyModel::lessThan(const QModelIndex &left, const QModelIndex
         return l.toLongLong() < r.toLongLong();
     case QVariant::ULongLong:
         return l.toULongLong() < r.toULongLong();
+    case QMetaType::Float:
+        return l.toFloat() < r.toFloat();
     case QVariant::Double:
         return l.toDouble() < r.toDouble();
     case QVariant::Char:
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel.cpp
index f2fc37e..9ae3214 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel.cpp
@@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ bool QStandardItem::operator<(const QStandardItem &other) const
     const int role = model() ? model()->sortRole() : Qt::DisplayRole;
     const QVariant l = data(role), r = other.data(role);
     // this code is copied from QSortFilterProxyModel::lessThan()
-    switch (l.type()) {
+    switch (l.userType()) {
     case QVariant::Invalid:
         return (r.type() == QVariant::Invalid);
     case QVariant::Int:
@@ -1817,6 +1817,8 @@ bool QStandardItem::operator<(const QStandardItem &other) const
         return l.toLongLong() < r.toLongLong();
     case QVariant::ULongLong:
         return l.toULongLong() < r.toULongLong();
+    case QMetaType::Float:
+        return l.toFloat() < r.toFloat();
     case QVariant::Double:
         return l.toDouble() < r.toDouble();
     case QVariant::Char:
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel_p.h
index 1ee3432..a8b36ed 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel_p.h
@@ -75,6 +75,7 @@ public:
           parent(0),
           rows(0),
           columns(0),
+          q_ptr(0),
           lastIndexOf(2)
         { }
     virtual ~QStandardItemPrivate();
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qstringlistmodel.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qstringlistmodel.cpp
index d57de1a..9462dfe 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qstringlistmodel.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qstringlistmodel.cpp
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QStringListModel class provides a model that supplies strings to views.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QStringListModel is an editable model that can be used for simple
     cases where you need to display a number of strings in a view
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp
index 913af89..b5f676a 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ public:
     data items from a model.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
     \since 4.4
 
     When displaying data from models in Qt item views, e.g., a
@@ -267,9 +267,10 @@ QStyledItemDelegate::~QStyledItemDelegate()
 QString QStyledItemDelegate::displayText(const QVariant &value, const QLocale& locale) const
 {
     QString text;
-    switch (value.type()) {
+    switch (value.userType()) {
+    case QMetaType::Float:
     case QVariant::Double:
-        text = locale.toString(value.toDouble());
+        text = locale.toString(value.toReal());
         break;
     case QVariant::Int:
     case QVariant::LongLong:
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtableview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtableview.cpp
index 61c2b60..a9db9f5 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtableview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtableview.cpp
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ void QTableViewPrivate::drawCell(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionViewItemV4
 
     \ingroup model-view
     \ingroup advanced
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QTableView implements a table view that displays items from a
     model. This class is used to provide standard tables that were
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp
index fea81e5..b04aea2 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp
@@ -1392,9 +1392,7 @@ QVariant QTableWidgetItem::data(int role) const
 bool QTableWidgetItem::operator<(const QTableWidgetItem &other) const
 {
     const QVariant v1 = data(Qt::DisplayRole), v2 = other.data(Qt::DisplayRole);
-    if (QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(v1) && QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(v2))
-        return v1.toDouble() < v2.toDouble();
-    return v1.toString() < v2.toString();
+    return QAbstractItemModelPrivate::variantLessThan(v1, v2);
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
@@ -1488,7 +1486,7 @@ QTableWidgetItem &QTableWidgetItem::operator=(const QTableWidgetItem &other)
     \brief The QTableWidget class provides an item-based table view with a default model.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Table widgets provide standard table display facilities for applications.
     The items in a QTableWidget are provided by QTableWidgetItem.
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp
index cbe1d2a..7dad192 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
     \ingroup model-view
     \ingroup advanced
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QTreeView implements a tree representation of items from a
     model. This class is used to provide standard hierarchical lists that
@@ -2797,15 +2797,14 @@ int QTreeView::indexRowSizeHint(const QModelIndex &index) const
 
     if (isRightToLeft()) {
         start = (start == -1 ? count - 1 : start);
-        end = (end == -1 ? 0 : end);
+        end = 0;
     } else {
         start = (start == -1 ? 0 : start);
-        end = (end == -1 ? count - 1 : end);
+        end = count - 1;
     }
 
-    int tmp = start;
-    start = qMin(start, end);
-    end = qMax(tmp, end);
+    if (end < start)
+        qSwap(end, start);
 
     int height = -1;
     QStyleOptionViewItemV4 option = d->viewOptionsV4();
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h
index d17016f..1bbba89 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
           uniformRowHeights(false), rootDecoration(true),
           itemsExpandable(true), sortingEnabled(false),
           expandsOnDoubleClick(true),
-          allColumnsShowFocus(false), current(0),
+          allColumnsShowFocus(false), current(0), spanning(false),
           animationsEnabled(false), columnResizeTimerID(0),
           autoExpandDelay(-1), hoverBranch(-1), geometryRecursionBlock(false) {}
 
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
index eaed05f..b636284 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
     \brief The QTreeModel class manages the items stored in a tree view.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -1768,6 +1768,7 @@ QVariant QTreeWidgetItem::data(int column, int role) const
         // special case for check state in tristate
         if (children.count() && (itemFlags & Qt::ItemIsTristate))
             return childrenCheckState(column);
+        // fallthrough intended
    default:
         if (column >= 0 && column < values.size()) {
             const QVector<QWidgetItemData> &column_values = values.at(column);
@@ -1789,9 +1790,7 @@ bool QTreeWidgetItem::operator<(const QTreeWidgetItem &other) const
     int column = view ? view->sortColumn() : 0;
     const QVariant v1 = data(column, Qt::DisplayRole);
     const QVariant v2 = other.data(column, Qt::DisplayRole);
-    if (QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(v1) && QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(v2))
-        return v1.toDouble() < v2.toDouble();
-    return v1.toString() < v2.toString();
+    return QAbstractItemModelPrivate::variantLessThan(v1, v2);
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
@@ -2074,6 +2073,8 @@ QList<QTreeWidgetItem*> QTreeWidgetItem::takeChildren()
 void QTreeWidgetItemPrivate::sortChildren(int column, Qt::SortOrder order, bool climb)
 {
     QTreeModel *model = (q->view ? qobject_cast<QTreeModel*>(q->view->model()) : 0);
+    if (!model)
+        return;   
     model->sortItems(&q->children, column, order);
     if (climb) {
         QList<QTreeWidgetItem*>::iterator it = q->children.begin();
@@ -2328,7 +2329,7 @@ void QTreeWidgetPrivate::_q_dataChanged(const QModelIndex &topLeft,
   tree model.
 
   \ingroup model-view
-  \mainclass
+
 
   The QTreeWidget class is a convenience class that provides a standard
   tree widget with a classic item-based interface similar to that used by
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidgetitemiterator_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidgetitemiterator_p.h
index 3ffe823..ee0808c 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidgetitemiterator_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidgetitemiterator_p.h
@@ -73,7 +73,8 @@ public:
     }
 
     QTreeWidgetItemIteratorPrivate(const QTreeWidgetItemIteratorPrivate& other)
-        : m_currentIndex(other.m_currentIndex), m_model(other.m_model), m_parentIndex(other.m_parentIndex)
+        : m_currentIndex(other.m_currentIndex), m_model(other.m_model),
+          m_parentIndex(other.m_parentIndex), q_ptr(other.q_ptr)
     {
 
     }
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/kernel.pri b/src/gui/kernel/kernel.pri
index 531c283..c7d06f7 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/kernel.pri
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/kernel.pri
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ unix:x11 {
             HEADERS += \
                 kernel/qguieventdispatcher_glib_p.h
             QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += $$QT_CFLAGS_GLIB
-	    LIBS +=$$QT_LIBS_GLIB
+	    LIBS_PRIVATE +=$$QT_LIBS_GLIB
 	}
             SOURCES += \
 		kernel/qeventdispatcher_x11.cpp
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ embedded {
         QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA += MENU_NIB
         RESOURCES += mac/macresources.qrc
 
-        LIBS += -framework AppKit
+        LIBS_PRIVATE += -framework AppKit
 }
 
 wince*: {
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/mac.pri b/src/gui/kernel/mac.pri
index 415fe0a..1538510 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/mac.pri
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/mac.pri
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 !x11:!embedded:mac {
-   LIBS += -framework Carbon -lz
+   LIBS_PRIVATE += -framework Carbon -lz
    *-mwerks:INCLUDEPATH += compat
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp
index b7ccd72..00cba04 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp
@@ -183,8 +183,8 @@ void QActionPrivate::setShortcutEnabled(bool enable, QShortcutMap &map)
     \brief The QAction class provides an abstract user interface
     action that can be inserted into widgets.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
+
 
     \omit
         * parent and widget are different
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qactiongroup.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qactiongroup.cpp
index 5d429e4..9a12dea 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qactiongroup.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qactiongroup.cpp
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ void QActionGroupPrivate::_q_actionHovered()
     \class QActionGroup
     \brief The QActionGroup class groups actions together.
 
-    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
 
     In some situations it is useful to group actions together. For
     example, if you have a \gui{Left Align} action, a \gui{Right
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp
index 4cc7e00..38592e0 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp
@@ -179,9 +179,6 @@ QApplicationPrivate::~QApplicationPrivate()
     \brief The QApplication class manages the GUI application's control
     flow and main settings.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
-
     QApplication contains the main event loop, where all events from the window
     system and other sources are processed and dispatched. It also handles the
     application's initialization, finalization, and provides session
@@ -2331,10 +2328,6 @@ bool QApplication::event(QEvent *e)
         } else if (te->timerId() == d->toolTipFallAsleep.timerId()) {
             d->toolTipFallAsleep.stop();
         }
-#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
-    } else if (e->type() == QEvent::CocoaRequestModal) {
-        d->_q_runAppModalWindow();
-#endif
     }
     return QCoreApplication::event(e);
 }
@@ -4153,9 +4146,6 @@ bool QApplicationPrivate::notify_helper(QObject *receiver, QEvent * e)
     \class QSessionManager
     \brief The QSessionManager class provides access to the session manager.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \ingroup environment
-
     A session manager in a desktop environment (in which Qt GUI applications
     live) keeps track of a session, which is a group of running applications,
     each of which has a particular state. The state of an application contains
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm
index 5b503b3..0c17892 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm
@@ -1409,13 +1409,8 @@ void QApplicationPrivate::enterModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
     qt_button_down = 0;
 
 #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
-    if (!qt_mac_is_macsheet(widget)) {
-        // Add a new, empty (null), NSModalSession to the stack.
-        // The next time we spin the event dispatcher, it will
-        // check the stack, and recurse into a modal session for it:
-        QCocoaModalSessionInfo info = {widget, 0};
-        QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::cocoaModalSessionStack.push(info);
-    }
+    if (!qt_mac_is_macsheet(widget))
+        QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::beginModalSession(widget);
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -1441,7 +1436,7 @@ void QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
         }
 #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
         if (!qt_mac_is_macsheet(widget))
-            QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::rebuildModalSessionStack(true);
+            QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::endModalSession(widget);
 #endif
     }
 #ifdef DEBUG_MODAL_EVENTS
@@ -1452,21 +1447,6 @@ void QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
         qt_event_request_menubarupdate();
 }
 
-#if defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
-void QApplicationPrivate::_q_runAppModalWindow()
-{
-    if (QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::blockCocoaRequestModal) {
-        // Just postpone the event until the event dispatcher tells
-        // us (by releasing the block) that it is OK to recurse into
-        // a new event loop for our non-execing modal window:
-        qApp->postEvent(qApp, new QEvent(QEvent::CocoaRequestModal));
-    } else {
-        // Recurse into a new event loop for the current app modal window:
-        threadData->eventDispatcher->processEvents(QEventLoop::DialogExec);
-    }
-}
-#endif
-
 QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper_sys(QWidget *top)
 {
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h
index 50ab238..7a27756 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h
@@ -486,12 +486,6 @@ public:
     void _q_alertTimeOut();
     QHash<QWidget *, QTimer *> alertTimerHash;
 #endif
-#if defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
-    void _q_runAppModalWindow();
-#endif
-#if defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
-    void _q_runModalWindow();
-#endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
     static QString styleSheet;
 #endif
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_s60.cpp
index db78349..44ac380 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_s60.cpp
@@ -75,10 +75,11 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG)
 static bool        appNoGrab        = false;        // Grabbing enabled
 #endif
-
+static bool        app_do_modal        = false;        // modal mode
 Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QS60Data, qt_s60Data);
-extern bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject*,QEvent*);
 
+extern bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject*,QEvent*);
+extern QWidgetList *qt_modal_stack;              // stack of modal widgets
 extern QDesktopWidget *qt_desktopWidget; // qapplication.cpp
 
 QWidget *qt_button_down = 0;                     // widget got last button-down
@@ -788,17 +789,26 @@ QString QApplicationPrivate::appName() const
 
 bool QApplicationPrivate::modalState()
 {
-    return false;
+    return app_do_modal;
 }
 
-void QApplicationPrivate::enterModal_sys(QWidget * /* widget */)
+void QApplicationPrivate::enterModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
 {
-    // TODO: Implement QApplicationPrivate::enterModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
+    if (!qt_modal_stack)
+        qt_modal_stack = new QWidgetList;
+    qt_modal_stack->insert(0, widget);
+    app_do_modal = true;    
 }
 
-void QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal_sys(QWidget * /* widget */)
+void QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
 {
-    // TODO: Implement QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
+    if (qt_modal_stack && qt_modal_stack->removeAll(widget)) {
+        if (qt_modal_stack->isEmpty()) {
+            delete qt_modal_stack;
+            qt_modal_stack = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    app_do_modal = qt_modal_stack != 0;
 }
 
 void QApplicationPrivate::openPopup(QWidget *popup)
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp
index 3b1a581..db349f0 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp
@@ -4579,6 +4579,7 @@ bool QETWidget::translateXinputEvent(const XEvent *ev, QTabletDeviceData *tablet
         // Do event compression.  Skip over tablet+mouse move events if there are newer ones.
         qt_tablet_motion_data tabletMotionData;
         tabletMotionData.tabletMotionType = tablet->xinput_motion;
+        XEvent dummy;
         while (true) {
             // Find first mouse event since we expect them in pairs inside Qt
             tabletMotionData.error =false;
@@ -4591,7 +4592,6 @@ bool QETWidget::translateXinputEvent(const XEvent *ev, QTabletDeviceData *tablet
             }
 
             // Now discard any duplicate tablet events.
-            XEvent dummy;
             tabletMotionData.error = false;
             tabletMotionData.timestamp = mouseMotionEvent.xmotion.time;
             while (XCheckIfEvent(X11->display, &dummy, &qt_tabletMotion_scanner, (XPointer) &tabletMotionData)) {
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qboxlayout.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qboxlayout.cpp
index 6a35e38..3f2a5dc 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qboxlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qboxlayout.cpp
@@ -452,7 +452,6 @@ void QBoxLayoutPrivate::calcHfw(int w)
     vertically.
 
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
 
     QBoxLayout takes the space it gets (from its parent layout or from
     the parentWidget()), divides it up into a row of boxes, and makes
@@ -1290,8 +1289,6 @@ QBoxLayout::Direction QBoxLayout::direction() const
     \brief The QHBoxLayout class lines up widgets horizontally.
 
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
 
     This class is used to construct horizontal box layout objects. See
     QBoxLayout for details.
@@ -1408,8 +1405,6 @@ QHBoxLayout::~QHBoxLayout()
     \brief The QVBoxLayout class lines up widgets vertically.
 
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
 
     This class is used to construct vertical box layout objects. See
     QBoxLayout for details.
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp
index 2779717..fce4f65 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp
@@ -58,10 +58,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QClipboard
     \brief The QClipboard class provides access to the window system clipboard.
 
-    \ingroup io
-    \ingroup environment
-    \mainclass
-
     The clipboard offers a simple mechanism to copy and paste data
     between applications.
 
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm
index c20445a..45b0ada 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ static dndenum_mapper dnd_enums[] = {
     { NSDragOperationCopy,  Qt::CopyAction, true },
     { NSDragOperationGeneric,  Qt::CopyAction, false },
     { NSDragOperationEvery, Qt::ActionMask, false },
-    { NSDragOperationNone, Qt::IgnoreAction, false } 
+    { NSDragOperationNone, Qt::IgnoreAction, false }
 };
 
 static NSDragOperation qt_mac_mapDropAction(Qt::DropAction action)
@@ -228,14 +228,14 @@ extern "C" {
             currentCustomTypes = new QStringList();
         *currentCustomTypes = customTypes;
         const NSString* mimeTypeGeneric = @"com.trolltech.qt.MimeTypeName";
-	NSMutableArray *supportedTypes = [NSMutableArray arrayWithObjects:NSColorPboardType, 
-                                   NSFilenamesPboardType, NSStringPboardType, 
-                                   NSFilenamesPboardType, NSPostScriptPboardType, NSTIFFPboardType, 
-                                   NSRTFPboardType, NSTabularTextPboardType, NSFontPboardType, 
-                                   NSRulerPboardType, NSFileContentsPboardType, NSColorPboardType, 
-                                   NSRTFDPboardType, NSHTMLPboardType, NSPICTPboardType, 
+	NSMutableArray *supportedTypes = [NSMutableArray arrayWithObjects:NSColorPboardType,
+                                   NSFilenamesPboardType, NSStringPboardType,
+                                   NSFilenamesPboardType, NSPostScriptPboardType, NSTIFFPboardType,
+                                   NSRTFPboardType, NSTabularTextPboardType, NSFontPboardType,
+                                   NSRulerPboardType, NSFileContentsPboardType, NSColorPboardType,
+                                   NSRTFDPboardType, NSHTMLPboardType, NSPICTPboardType,
                                    NSURLPboardType, NSPDFPboardType, NSVCardPboardType,
-                                   NSFilesPromisePboardType, NSInkTextPboardType, 
+                                   NSFilesPromisePboardType, NSInkTextPboardType,
                                    NSMultipleTextSelectionPboardType, mimeTypeGeneric, nil];
         // Add custom types supported by the application.
         for (int i = 0; i < customTypes.size(); i++) {
@@ -280,16 +280,16 @@ extern "C" {
         dropData = 0;
     }
 }
- 
-- (void)addDropData:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)sender 
+
+- (void)addDropData:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)sender
 {
     [self removeDropData];
-    CFStringRef dropPasteboard = (CFStringRef) [[sender draggingPasteboard] name]; 
+    CFStringRef dropPasteboard = (CFStringRef) [[sender draggingPasteboard] name];
     dropData = new QCocoaDropData(dropPasteboard);
-} 
+}
 
-- (NSDragOperation)draggingEntered:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)sender 
-{ 
+- (NSDragOperation)draggingEntered:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)sender
+{
     if (qwidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered) == false)
         return NSDragOperationNone;
     NSPoint windowPoint = [sender draggingLocation];
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ extern "C" {
     NSPoint globalPoint = [[sender draggingDestinationWindow] convertBaseToScreen:windowPoint];
     NSPoint localPoint = [self convertPoint:windowPoint fromView:nil];
     QPoint posDrag(localPoint.x, localPoint.y);
-    NSDragOperation nsActions = [sender draggingSourceOperationMask]; 
+    NSDragOperation nsActions = [sender draggingSourceOperationMask];
     Qt::DropActions qtAllowed = qt_mac_mapNSDragOperations(nsActions);
     QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_dnd_answer_rec.lastOperation) = nsActions;
     Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers  = Qt::NoModifier;
@@ -336,8 +336,8 @@ extern "C" {
         qDMEvent.accept(); // accept by default, since enter event was accepted.
         QApplication::sendEvent(qwidget, &qDMEvent);
         if (!qDMEvent.isAccepted() || qDMEvent.dropAction() == Qt::IgnoreAction) {
-            // since we accepted the drag enter event, the widget expects 
-            // future drage move events.  
+            // since we accepted the drag enter event, the widget expects
+            // future drage move events.
             // ### check if we need to treat this like the drag enter event.
             nsActions = QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_mapDropAction)(qDEEvent.dropAction());
         } else {
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ extern "C" {
         }
         QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_copy_answer_rect)(qDMEvent);
         return nsActions;
-    } 
+    }
  }
 
 - (NSDragOperation)draggingUpdated:(id < NSDraggingInfo >)sender
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ extern "C" {
     if (qt_mac_mouse_inside_answer_rect(posDrag)
         && QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_dnd_answer_rec.lastOperation) == nsActions)
         return QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_mapDropActions)(QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_dnd_answer_rec.lastAction));
-    // send drag move event to the widget    
+    // send drag move event to the widget
     QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_dnd_answer_rec.lastOperation) = nsActions;
     Qt::DropActions qtAllowed = QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_mapNSDragOperations)(nsActions);
     Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers  = Qt::NoModifier;
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ extern "C" {
     NSPoint localPoint = [self convertPoint:windowPoint fromView:nil];
     QPoint posDrop(localPoint.x, localPoint.y);
 
-    NSDragOperation nsActions = [sender draggingSourceOperationMask]; 
+    NSDragOperation nsActions = [sender draggingSourceOperationMask];
     Qt::DropActions qtAllowed = qt_mac_mapNSDragOperations(nsActions);
     QMimeData *mimeData = dropData;
     if (QDragManager::self()->source())
@@ -563,11 +563,6 @@ extern "C" {
         qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(qwidget, &e);
         if (!redirectionOffset.isNull())
             QPainter::restoreRedirected(qwidget);
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-        if(engine && engine->type() == QPaintEngine::Raster)
-            static_cast<QRasterPaintEngine*>(engine)->flush(qwidget,
-                                                            qrgn.boundingRect().topLeft());
-#endif
         if (engine)
             engine->setSystemClip(QRegion());
         qwidget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent, false);
@@ -638,7 +633,7 @@ extern "C" {
             QHoverEvent he(QEvent::HoverEnter, QPoint(viewPoint.x, viewPoint.y), QPoint(-1, -1));
             QApplicationPrivate::instance()->notify_helper(qwidget, &he);
         }
-    }    
+    }
 }
 
 - (void)mouseExited:(NSEvent *)event
@@ -647,7 +642,7 @@ extern "C" {
     NSPoint globalPoint = [[event window] convertBaseToScreen:[event locationInWindow]];
     if (!qAppInstance()->activeModalWidget() || QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(qwidget, 0)) {
         QApplication::sendEvent(qwidget, &leaveEvent);
-        
+
         // ### Think about if it is necessary to update the cursor, should only be for a few cases.
         qt_mac_update_cursor_at_global_pos(flipPoint(globalPoint).toPoint());
         if (qwidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover)
@@ -679,7 +674,7 @@ extern "C" {
 {
     qt_mac_handleMouseEvent(self, theEvent, QEvent::MouseButtonPress, Qt::LeftButton);
     // Don't call super here. This prevents us from getting the mouseUp event,
-    // which we need to send even if the mouseDown event was not accepted. 
+    // which we need to send even if the mouseDown event was not accepted.
     // (this is standard Qt behavior.)
 }
 
@@ -843,7 +838,7 @@ extern "C" {
 }
 
 #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6
-- (void)touchesBeganWithEvent:(NSEvent *)event; 
+- (void)touchesBeganWithEvent:(NSEvent *)event;
 {
     bool all = qwidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TouchPadAcceptSingleTouchEvents);
     qt_translateRawTouchEvent(qwidget, QTouchEvent::TouchPad, QCocoaTouch::getCurrentTouchPointList(event, all));
@@ -1128,7 +1123,7 @@ extern "C" {
         while (index < composingLength) {
             NSRange effectiveRange;
             NSRange range = NSMakeRange(index, composingLength-index);
-            NSDictionary *attributes = [aString attributesAtIndex:index 
+            NSDictionary *attributes = [aString attributesAtIndex:index
                                             longestEffectiveRange:&effectiveRange
                                                           inRange:range];
             NSNumber *underlineStyle = [attributes objectForKey:NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName];
@@ -1137,7 +1132,7 @@ extern "C" {
                 NSColor *color = [attributes objectForKey:NSUnderlineColorAttributeName];
                 if (color) {
                     clr = colorFrom(color);
-                } 
+                }
                 QTextCharFormat format;
                 format.setFontUnderline(true);
                 format.setUnderlineColor(clr);
@@ -1213,7 +1208,7 @@ extern "C" {
 
 - (NSRange) markedRange
 {
-    NSRange range; 
+    NSRange range;
     if (composing) {
         range.location = 0;
         range.length = composingLength;
@@ -1238,13 +1233,13 @@ extern "C" {
         selRange.length = 0;
     }
     return selRange;
-    
+
 }
 
 - (NSRect) firstRectForCharacterRange:(NSRange)theRange
 {
     Q_UNUSED(theRange);
-    // The returned rect is always based on the internal cursor. 
+    // The returned rect is always based on the internal cursor.
     QRect mr(qwidget->inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImMicroFocus).toRect());
     QPoint mp(qwidget->mapToGlobal(QPoint(mr.bottomLeft())));
     NSRect rect ;
@@ -1392,7 +1387,7 @@ Qt::DropAction QDragManager::drag(QDrag *o)
     NSImage *image = (NSImage *)qt_mac_create_nsimage(pix);
     [image retain];
     DnDParams *dndParams = [QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaView) currentMouseEvent];
-    // save supported actions 
+    // save supported actions
     [dndParams->view setSupportedActions: qt_mac_mapDropActions(dragPrivate()->possible_actions)];
     NSPoint imageLoc = {dndParams->localPoint.x - hotspot.x(),
                         dndParams->localPoint.y + pix.height() - hotspot.y()};
@@ -1416,7 +1411,7 @@ Qt::DropAction QDragManager::drag(QDrag *o)
     Qt::DropAction performedAction(qt_mac_mapNSDragOperation(dndParams->performedAction));
     // do post drag processing, if required.
     if(performedAction != Qt::IgnoreAction) {
-        // check if the receiver points us to a file location. 
+        // check if the receiver points us to a file location.
         // if so, we need to do the file copy/move ourselves.
         QCFType<CFURLRef> pasteLocation = 0;
         PasteboardCopyPasteLocation(dragBoard.pasteBoard(), &pasteLocation);
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcursor.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qcursor.cpp
index 9d2407b..dd7a07c 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qcursor.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcursor.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
     \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     This class is mainly used to create mouse cursors that are
     associated with particular widgets and to get and set the position
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget.qdoc b/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e6673a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesktopWidget
+    \brief The QDesktopWidget class provides access to screen information on multi-head systems.
+
+    \ingroup advanced
+    \ingroup desktop
+
+    QApplication::desktop() function should be used to get an instance
+    of the QDesktopWidget.
+
+    Systems with more than one graphics card and monitor can manage the
+    physical screen space available either as multiple desktops, or as a
+    large virtual desktop, which usually has the size of the bounding
+    rectangle of all the screens (see virtualDesktop). For an
+    application, one of the available screens is the primary screen, i.e.
+    the screen where the main widget resides (see primaryScreen). All
+    windows opened in the context of the application should be
+    constrained to the boundaries of the primary screen; for example,
+    it would be inconvenient if a dialog box popped up on a different
+    screen, or split over two screens.
+
+    The QDesktopWidget provides information about the geometry of the
+    available screens with screenGeometry(). The number of screens
+    available is returned by screenCount, and the screenCountChanged
+    signal is emitted when screens are added or removed during runtime.
+    The screen number that a particular point or widget is located in
+    is returned by screenNumber().
+
+    Widgets provided by Qt use this class, for example, to place
+    tooltips, menus and dialog boxes according to the parent or
+    application widget. Applications can use this class to save window
+    positions, or to place child widgets and dialogs on one particular
+    screen.
+
+    \img qdesktopwidget.png Managing Multiple Screens
+
+    In the illustration above, Application One's primary screen is
+    screen 0, and App Two's primary screen is screen 1.
+
+    \target multiple screens note
+    \note QDesktopWidget inherits the QWidget properties, width() and
+    height(), which specify the size of the desktop. However, for
+    desktops with multiple screens, the size of the desktop is the union
+    of all the screen sizes, so width() and height() should \e not be
+    used for computing the size of a widget to be placed on one of the
+    screens. The correct width and height values are obtained using
+    availableGeometry() or screenGeometry() for a particular screen.
+
+    \sa QApplication, QApplication::desktop(), QX11Info::appRootWindow()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesktopWidget::QDesktopWidget()
+
+    \internal
+
+    Creates the desktop widget.
+
+    If the system supports a virtual desktop, this widget will have
+    the size of the virtual desktop; otherwise this widget will have
+    the size of the primary screen.
+
+    Instead of using QDesktopWidget directly, use QApplication::desktop().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesktopWidget::~QDesktopWidget()
+
+    \internal
+
+    Destroys the desktop widget and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesktopWidget::numScreens() const
+    
+    Returns the number of available screens.
+    
+    \obsolete
+
+    This function is deprecated. Use screenCount instead.
+
+    \sa primaryScreen
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget *QDesktopWidget::screen(int screen)
+
+    Returns a widget that represents the screen with index \a screen
+    (a value of -1 means the default screen).
+
+    If the system uses a virtual desktop, the returned widget will
+    have the geometry of the entire virtual desktop; i.e., bounding
+    every \a screen.
+
+    \sa primaryScreen, screenCount, virtualDesktop
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry(int screen) const
+
+     Returns the available geometry of the screen with index \a screen. What
+     is available will be subrect of screenGeometry() based on what the
+     platform decides is available (for example excludes the dock and menu bar
+     on Mac OS X, or the task bar on Windows). The default screen is used if
+     \a screen is -1.
+
+     \sa screenNumber(), screenGeometry()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry(const QWidget *widget) const
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the available geometry of the screen which contains \a widget.
+
+    \sa screenGeometry()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry(const QPoint &p) const
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the available geometry of the screen which contains \a p.
+
+    \sa screenGeometry()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry(int screen) const
+
+    Returns the geometry of the screen with index \a screen. The default
+    screen is used if \a screen is -1.
+
+    \sa screenNumber()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry(const QWidget *widget) const
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the geometry of the screen which contains \a widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry(const QPoint &p) const
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the geometry of the screen which contains \a p.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesktopWidget::screenNumber(const QWidget *widget) const
+
+    Returns the index of the screen that contains the largest
+    part of \a widget, or -1 if the widget not on a screen.
+
+    \sa primaryScreen
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesktopWidget::screenNumber(const QPoint &point) const
+
+    \overload
+    Returns the index of the screen that contains the \a point, or the
+    screen which is the shortest distance from the \a point.
+
+    \sa primaryScreen
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesktopWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event)
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesktopWidget::resized(int screen)
+
+    This signal is emitted when the size of \a screen changes.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesktopWidget::workAreaResized(int screen)
+
+    This signal is emitted when the work area available on \a screen changes.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QDesktopWidget::screenCount
+    \brief the number of screens currently available on the system.
+
+    \since 4.6
+    
+    \sa screenCountChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QDesktopWidget::primaryScreen
+    \brief the index of the screen that is configured to be the primary screen
+    on the system.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QDesktopWidget::virtualDesktop
+
+    \brief if the system manages the available screens in a virtual desktop.
+
+    For virtual desktops, screen() will always return the same widget.
+    The size of the virtual desktop is the size of this desktop
+    widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesktopWidget::screenCountChanged(int newCount)
+
+    \since 4.6
+
+    This signal is emitted when the number of screens changes to \a newCount.
+    
+    \sa screenCount
+*/
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm
index 2e45479..efe6375 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm
@@ -497,6 +497,40 @@ static bool IsMouseOrKeyEvent( NSEvent* event )
 }
 #endif
 
+static inline void qt_mac_waitForMoreEvents()
+{
+#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+    while(CFRunLoopRunInMode(kCFRunLoopDefaultMode, 1.0e20, true) == kCFRunLoopRunTimedOut);
+#else
+    // If no event exist in the cocoa event que, wait
+    // (and free up cpu time) until at least one event occur.
+    // This implementation is a bit on the edge, but seems to
+    // work fine:
+    NSEvent* event = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
+        untilDate:[NSDate distantFuture]
+        inMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode
+        dequeue:YES];
+    if (event)
+        [NSApp postEvent:event atStart:YES];
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+static inline void qt_mac_waitForMoreModalSessionEvents()
+{
+    // If no event exist in the cocoa event que, wait
+    // (and free up cpu time) until at least one event occur.
+    // This implementation is a bit on the edge, but seems to
+    // work fine:
+    NSEvent* event = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
+        untilDate:[NSDate distantFuture]
+        inMode:NSModalPanelRunLoopMode
+        dequeue:YES];
+    if (event)
+        [NSApp postEvent:event atStart:YES];
+}
+#endif
+
 bool QEventDispatcherMac::processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags)
 {
     Q_D(QEventDispatcherMac);
@@ -515,55 +549,42 @@ bool QEventDispatcherMac::processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags)
         QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
         NSEvent* event = 0;
 
-        if (flags & QEventLoop::DialogExec || flags & QEventLoop::EventLoopExec) {
-            // The point of the CocoaRequestModal event is to make sure that a
-            // non-execed app modal window recurses into it's own dialog exec
-            // once cocoa is spinning the event loop for us (e.g on top of [NSApp run]).
-            // We expect only one event to notify us about this, regardless of how many
-            // widgets that are waiting to be modal. So we remove all other pending
-            // events, if any. And since cocoa will now take over event processing for us,
-            // we allow new app modal widgets to recurse on top of us, hence the release of
-            // the block:
-            QBoolBlocker block(d->blockCocoaRequestModal, false);
-            QCoreApplication::removePostedEvents(qApp, QEvent::CocoaRequestModal);
-
-            if (NSModalSession session = d->activeModalSession())
-                while ([NSApp runModalSession:session] == NSRunContinuesResponse) {
-                    // runModalSession will not wait for events, so we do it
-                    // ourselves (otherwise we would spend 100% CPU inside this loop):
-                    event = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
-                        untilDate:[NSDate distantFuture] inMode:NSModalPanelRunLoopMode dequeue:YES];
-                    if (event)
-                        [NSApp postEvent:event atStart:YES];
-                }
-            else
+        // If Qt is used as a plugin, or just added into a native cocoa
+        // application, we should not run or stop NSApplication;
+        // This will be done from outside Qt.
+        // And if processEvents is called manually (rather than from QEventLoop), we
+        // cannot enter a tight loop and block the call, but instead return after one flush:
+        bool canExec_3rdParty = d->nsAppRunCalledByQt || ![NSApp isRunning];
+        bool canExec_Qt = flags & QEventLoop::DialogExec || flags & QEventLoop::EventLoopExec;
+
+        if (canExec_Qt && canExec_3rdParty) {
+            // We can use exec-mode, meaning that we can stay in a tight loop until
+            // interrupted. This is mostly an optimization, but it also allow us
+            // to use [NSApp run], which is the recommended way of running applications
+            // in cocoa. [NSApp run] should be called at least once for any cocoa app.
+            if (NSModalSession session = d->currentModalSession()) {
+                QBoolBlocker execGuard(d->currentExecIsNSAppRun, false);
+                while (!d->interrupt && [NSApp runModalSession:session] == NSRunContinuesResponse)
+                    qt_mac_waitForMoreModalSessionEvents();
+            } else {
+                d->nsAppRunCalledByQt = true;
+                QBoolBlocker execGuard(d->currentExecIsNSAppRun, true);
                 [NSApp run];
-
-            d->rebuildModalSessionStack(false);
+            }
             retVal = true;
         } else do {
-            // Since we now are going to spin the event loop just _one_ round
-            // we need to block all incoming CocoaRequestModal events to ensure
-            // that we don't recurse into a new exec-ing event loop while doing
-            // so (and as such, 'hang' the thread inside the recursion):
-            QBoolBlocker block(d->blockCocoaRequestModal, true);
+            // INVARIANT: We cannot block the thread (and run in a tight loop).
+            // Instead we will process all current pending events and return.
             bool mustRelease = false;
 
             if (!(flags & QEventLoop::ExcludeUserInputEvents) && !d->queuedUserInputEvents.isEmpty()) {
-                // process a pending user input event
+                // Process a pending user input event
                 mustRelease = true;
                 event = static_cast<NSEvent *>(d->queuedUserInputEvents.takeFirst());
             } else {
-                if (NSModalSession session = d->activeModalSession()) {
-                    // There's s a modal widget showing, run it's session:
-                    if (flags & QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents) {
-                        // Wait for at least one event
-                        // before spinning the session:
-                        event = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
-                            untilDate:[NSDate distantFuture] inMode:NSModalPanelRunLoopMode dequeue:YES];
-                        if (event)
-                            [NSApp postEvent:event atStart:YES];
-                    }
+                if (NSModalSession session = d->currentModalSession()) {
+                    if (flags & QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents)
+                        qt_mac_waitForMoreModalSessionEvents();
                     [NSApp runModalSession:session];
                     retVal = true;
                     break;
@@ -634,41 +655,35 @@ bool QEventDispatcherMac::processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags)
                 && (flags & QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents));
         if (canWait) {
             // INVARIANT: We haven't processed any events yet. And we're told
-            // to stay inside this function until at least one event is processed
-            // (WaitForMoreEvents). So we wait on the window server:
-#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
-            while(CFRunLoopRunInMode(kCFRunLoopDefaultMode, 1.0e20, true) == kCFRunLoopRunTimedOut);
-#else
-            QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
-            NSEvent *manualEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
-                untilDate:[NSDate distantFuture] inMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode
-                dequeue:YES];
-            if (manualEvent)
-                [NSApp sendEvent:manualEvent];
-#endif
+            // to stay inside this function until at least one event is processed.
+            qt_mac_waitForMoreEvents();
             flags &= ~QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents;
         } else {
-            // Done with event processing for now. Leave the function:
+            // Done with event processing for now.
+            // Leave the function:
             break;
         }
     }
 
-    // Because pending deffered-delete events are only sendt after
-    // returning from the loop level they were posted in, we schedule
-    // an extra wakup to force the _current_ run loop to process them (in
-    // case the application stands idle waiting for the delete event):
-    wakeUp();
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+    // In case we _now_ process events using [NSApp run], we need to stop it to
+    // ensure that:
+    //    1. the QEventLoop that called us is still executing, or
+    //    2. we have a modal session that needs to be spun instead.
+    // In case this is a plain call to processEvents (perhaps from a loop) 
+    // from the application (rather than from a QEventLoop), we delay the
+    // interrupting until we/ actually enter a lower loop level (hence the
+    // deffered delete of the object below):
+    QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp::interruptLater();
+#endif
 
-    if (d->interrupt){
-        // We restart NSApplication by first stopping it, and then call 'run'
-        // again (NSApplication is actually already stopped, hence the need
-        // for a restart, but calling stop again will also make the call
-        // return from the current recursion). When the call returns to
-        // QEventLoop (mind, not from this recursion, but from the one we're
-        // about to stop), it will just call QEventDispatcherMac::processEvents()
-        // again.
+    if (d->interrupt) {
+        // We should continue to leave all recursion to processEvents until
+        // processEvents is called again (e.g. from a QEventLoop that 
+        // was not yet told to quit:
         interrupt();
     }
+
     return retVal;
 }
 
@@ -700,104 +715,169 @@ bool QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::blockSendPostedEvents = false;
 
 #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
 QStack<QCocoaModalSessionInfo> QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::cocoaModalSessionStack;
-bool QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::blockCocoaRequestModal = false;
+bool QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::currentExecIsNSAppRun = false;
+bool QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::nsAppRunCalledByQt = false;
+NSModalSession QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::currentModalSessionCached = 0;
 
-static void qt_mac_setChildDialogsResponsive(QWidget *widget, bool responsive)
+int QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::activeModalSessionCount()
 {
+    // Returns the number of modal sessions created
+    // (and not just pushed onto the stack, pending to be created)
+    int count = 0;
+    for (int i=cocoaModalSessionStack.size()-1; i>=0; --i) {
+        QCocoaModalSessionInfo &info = cocoaModalSessionStack[i];
+        if (info.session)
+            ++count;
+    }
+    return count;
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::temporarilyStopAllModalSessions()
+{
+    // Stop all created modal session, and as such, make then
+    // pending again. The next call to currentModalSession will
+    // recreate the session on top again:
+    int stackSize = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
+    for (int i=stackSize-1; i>=0; --i) {
+        QCocoaModalSessionInfo &info = cocoaModalSessionStack[i];
+        if (info.session) {
+            [NSApp endModalSession:info.session];
+            info.session = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    currentModalSessionCached = 0;
+}
+
+NSModalSession QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::currentModalSession()
+{
+    // If we have one or more modal windows, this function will create
+    // a session for each of those, and return the one for the top.
+    if (currentModalSessionCached)
+        return currentModalSessionCached;
+
+    if (cocoaModalSessionStack.isEmpty())
+        return 0;
+
+    // Since this code will end up calling our Qt event handler
+    // (also from beginModalSessionForWindow), we need to block
+    // that to avoid side effects of events beeing delivered:
+    QBoolBlocker block(blockSendPostedEvents, true);
+
+    if (![NSApp isRunning]) {
+        // Sadly, we need to introduce this little event flush
+        // to stop dialogs from blinking/poping in front if a 
+        // modal session restart was needed:
+        while (NSEvent *event = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
+                untilDate:nil
+                inMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode
+                dequeue: YES]) {
+            qt_mac_send_event(0, event, 0);
+        }
+    }
+
+    int sessionCount = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
+    for (int i=0; i<sessionCount; ++i) {
+        QCocoaModalSessionInfo &info = cocoaModalSessionStack[i];
+        if (!info.widget)
+            continue;
+        if (info.widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen))
+            continue;
+        if (!info.session) {
+            QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
+            NSWindow *window = qt_mac_window_for(info.widget);
+            if (!window)
+                continue;
+            info.session = [NSApp beginModalSessionForWindow:window];
+        }
+        currentModalSessionCached = info.session;
+    }
+
+    return currentModalSessionCached;
+}
+
+static void setChildrenWorksWhenModal(QWidget *widget, bool worksWhenModal)
+{
+    // For NSPanels (but not NSWindows, sadly), we can set the flag
+    // worksWhenModal, so that they are active even when they are not modal. 
     QList<QDialog *> dialogs = widget->findChildren<QDialog *>();
     for (int i=0; i<dialogs.size(); ++i){
         NSWindow *window = qt_mac_window_for(dialogs[i]);
         if (window && [window isKindOfClass:[NSPanel class]]) {
-            [static_cast<NSPanel *>(window) setWorksWhenModal:responsive];
-            if (responsive && dialogs[i]->isVisible()){
+            [static_cast<NSPanel *>(window) setWorksWhenModal:worksWhenModal];
+            if (worksWhenModal && dialogs[i]->isVisible()){
                 [window orderFront:window];
             }
         }
     }
 }
 
-NSModalSession QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::activeModalSession()
+void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::updateChildrenWorksWhenModal()
 {
-    // Create (if needed) and return the modal session
-    // for the  top-most modal dialog, if any:
-    if (cocoaModalSessionStack.isEmpty())
-        return 0;
-    QCocoaModalSessionInfo &info = cocoaModalSessionStack.last();
-    if (!info.widget)
-        return 0;
-    if (info.widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen)){
-        // INVARIANT: We have a modal widget, but it's not visible on screen.
-        // This will e.g. be true for native dialogs. Make the dialog children
-        // of the previous modal dialog unresponsive, so that the current dialog
-        // (native or not) is the only reponsive dialog on screen:
-        int size = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
+    // Make the dialog children of the widget
+    // active. And make the dialog children of
+    // the previous modal dialog unactive again:
+    int size = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
+    if (size > 0){
+        if (QWidget *prevModal = cocoaModalSessionStack[size-1].widget)
+            setChildrenWorksWhenModal(prevModal, true);
         if (size > 1){
             if (QWidget *prevModal = cocoaModalSessionStack[size-2].widget)
-                qt_mac_setChildDialogsResponsive(prevModal, false);
+                setChildrenWorksWhenModal(prevModal, false);
         }
-        return 0;
     }
+}
 
-    if (!info.session) {
-        QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
-        NSWindow *window = qt_mac_window_for(info.widget);
-        if (!window)
-            return 0;
-        // 'beginModalSessionForWindow' will give the event loop a spin, and as
-        // such, deliver Qt events. This might lead to inconsistent behaviour
-        // (especially if CocoaRequestModal is delivered), so we need to block:
-        QBoolBlocker block(blockSendPostedEvents, true);
-        info.session = [NSApp beginModalSessionForWindow:window];
-        // Make the dialog children of the current modal dialog
-        // responsive. And make the dialog children of
-        // the previous modal dialog unresponsive again:
-        qt_mac_setChildDialogsResponsive(info.widget, true);
-        int size = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
-        if (size > 1){
-            if (QWidget *prevModal = cocoaModalSessionStack[size-2].widget)
-                qt_mac_setChildDialogsResponsive(prevModal, false);
-        }
-    }
-    return info.session;
+void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::beginModalSession(QWidget *widget)
+{
+    // Add a new, empty (null), NSModalSession to the stack.
+    // It will become active the next time QEventDispatcher::processEvents is called.
+    // A QCocoaModalSessionInfo is considered pending to become active if the widget pointer 
+    // is non-zero, and the session pointer is zero (it will become active upon a call to
+    // currentModalSession). A QCocoaModalSessionInfo is considered pending to be stopped if
+    // the widget pointer is zero, and the session pointer is non-zero (it will be fully
+    // stopped in endModalSession().
+    QCocoaModalSessionInfo info = {widget, 0};
+    cocoaModalSessionStack.push(info);
+    updateChildrenWorksWhenModal();
+    currentModalSessionCached = 0;
 }
 
-void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::rebuildModalSessionStack(bool pop)
+void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::endModalSession(QWidget *widget)
 {
-    // Calling [NSApp stopModal], or [NSApp stop], will stop all modal dialogs
-    // in one go. So to to not confuse cocoa, we need to stop all our modal
-    // sessions as well. QMacEventDispatcher will make them modal again
-    // in the correct order as long as they are left on the cocoaModalSessionStack
-    // and a CocoaRequestModal is posted:
-    if (cocoaModalSessionStack.isEmpty())
-        return;
+    // Mark all sessions attached to widget as pending to be stopped. We do this
+    // by setting the widget pointer to zero, but leave the session pointer.
+    // We don't tell cocoa to stop any sessions just yet, because cocoa only understands
+    // when we stop the _current_ modal session (which is the session on top of
+    // the stack, and might not belong to 'widget'). 
+    int stackSize = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
+    for (int i=stackSize-1; i>=0; --i) {
+        QCocoaModalSessionInfo &info = cocoaModalSessionStack[i];
+        if (info.widget == widget)
+            info.widget = 0;
+    }
 
-    QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
-    [NSApp stopModal];
-    [NSApp postEvent:[NSEvent otherEventWithType:NSApplicationDefined location:NSZeroPoint
-        modifierFlags:0 timestamp:0. windowNumber:0 context:0
-        subtype:SHRT_MAX data1:0 data2:0] atStart:NO];
+    // Now we stop, and remove, all sessions marked as pending
+    // to be stopped on _top_ of the stack, if any:
+    bool needToInterruptEventDispatcher = false;
+    bool needToUpdateChildrenWorksWhenModal = false;
 
-    for (int i=0; i<cocoaModalSessionStack.size(); ++i){
+    for (int i=stackSize-1; i>=0; --i) {
         QCocoaModalSessionInfo &info = cocoaModalSessionStack[i];
+        if (info.widget)
+            break;
+        cocoaModalSessionStack.remove(i);
+        needToUpdateChildrenWorksWhenModal = true;
+        currentModalSessionCached = 0;
         if (info.session) {
             [NSApp endModalSession:info.session];
-            info.session = 0;
+            needToInterruptEventDispatcher = true;
         }
     }
 
-    if (pop) {
-        QCocoaModalSessionInfo info = cocoaModalSessionStack.pop();
-        if (info.widget)
-            qt_mac_setChildDialogsResponsive(info.widget, false);
-    }
-
-    if (!cocoaModalSessionStack.isEmpty()) {
-        // Since we now have pending modal sessions again, make
-        // sure that we enter modal for the one on the top later:
-        qApp->postEvent(qApp, new QEvent(QEvent::CocoaRequestModal));
-    } else {
-        QCoreApplication::removePostedEvents(qApp, QEvent::CocoaRequestModal);
-    }
+    if (needToUpdateChildrenWorksWhenModal)
+        updateChildrenWorksWhenModal();
+    if (needToInterruptEventDispatcher)
+        QEventDispatcherMac::instance()->interrupt();
 }
 
 #endif
@@ -858,27 +938,29 @@ void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::postedEventsSourcePerformCallback(void *info)
     }
 }
 
-#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
-static void stopNSApp()
-{
-    QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
-    static const short NSAppShouldStopForQt = SHRT_MAX;
-    [NSApp stop:NSApp];
-    [NSApp postEvent:[NSEvent otherEventWithType:NSApplicationDefined location:NSZeroPoint
-                                   modifierFlags:0 timestamp:0. windowNumber:0 context:0
-                                         subtype:NSAppShouldStopForQt data1:0 data2:0] atStart:NO];
-}
-#endif
-
 void QEventDispatcherMac::interrupt()
 {
     Q_D(QEventDispatcherMac);
     d->interrupt = true;
     wakeUp();
+
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
     CFRunLoopStop(mainRunLoop());
 #else
-    stopNSApp();
+    QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
+    // In case we wait for more events inside
+    // processEvents (or NSApp run), post a dummy to wake it up:
+    static const short NSAppShouldStopForQt = SHRT_MAX;
+    [NSApp postEvent:[NSEvent otherEventWithType:NSApplicationDefined location:NSZeroPoint
+        modifierFlags:0 timestamp:0. windowNumber:0 context:0
+        subtype:NSAppShouldStopForQt data1:0 data2:0] atStart:NO];
+
+    if (d->activeModalSessionCount() == 0) {
+        // We should only stop NSApp if we actually started it (and
+        // not some 3rd party application, e.g. if we are a plugin).
+        if (d->nsAppRunCalledByQt)
+            [NSApp stop:NSApp];
+    }
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -916,5 +998,52 @@ QEventDispatcherMac::~QEventDispatcherMac()
     CFRelease(d->waitingObserver);
 }
 
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+
+QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp* QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp::instance = 0;
+
+QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp::QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp() : cancelled(false)
+{
+    // This is the whole point of encapsulation this code
+    // inside a class; we can make the code (inside destructor)
+    // execute on lower loop level:
+    deleteLater();
+}
+
+QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp::~QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp()
+{
+    if (cancelled)
+        return;
+
+    instance = 0;
+
+    if (QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::currentExecIsNSAppRun) {
+        int activeCount = QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::activeModalSessionCount();
+        if (activeCount > 0) {
+            // The problem we now have hit: [NSApp stop] will not stop NSApp
+            // if a session is active; it will stop the session instead.
+            // So to stop NSApp, we need to temporarily stop all the
+            // sessions, then stop NSApp, then restart the session on top again.
+            // We need to do this to ensure that we're not stuck inside
+            // [NSApp run] when we really should be running a modal session:
+            QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::temporarilyStopAllModalSessions();
+        }
+    }
+    // Always interrupt once more in case the modal session stack changed
+    // while processEvents was called manually from within the application:
+    QEventDispatcherMac::instance()->interrupt();
+}
+
+void QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp::interruptLater() {
+    if (instance) {
+        instance->cancelled = true;
+        delete instance;
+    }
+    instance = new QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp;
+}
+
+#endif
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac_p.h
index 225d32e..6747d52 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac_p.h
@@ -172,9 +172,15 @@ public:
 #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
     // The following variables help organizing modal sessions:
     static QStack<QCocoaModalSessionInfo> cocoaModalSessionStack;
-    static bool blockCocoaRequestModal;
-    static NSModalSession activeModalSession();
-    static void rebuildModalSessionStack(bool pop);
+    static bool currentExecIsNSAppRun;
+    static bool nsAppRunCalledByQt;
+    static NSModalSession currentModalSessionCached;
+    static void updateChildrenWorksWhenModal();
+    static NSModalSession currentModalSession();
+    static int activeModalSessionCount();
+    static void temporarilyStopAllModalSessions();
+    static void beginModalSession(QWidget *widget);
+    static void endModalSession(QWidget *widget);
 #endif
 
     MacSocketHash macSockets;
@@ -192,6 +198,20 @@ private:
                                         CFRunLoopActivity activity, void *info);
 };
 
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+class QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp : public QObject
+{
+    static QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp *instance;
+    bool cancelled;
+
+    QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp();
+    ~QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp();
+
+    public:
+    static void interruptLater();
+};
+#endif
+
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
 #endif // QEVENTDISPATCHER_MAC_P_H
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qformlayout.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qformlayout.cpp
index 4e632de..b3ecc35 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qformlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qformlayout.cpp
@@ -1006,10 +1006,8 @@ QStyle* QFormLayoutPrivate::getStyle() const
     \since 4.4
     \brief The QFormLayout class manages forms of input widgets and their associated labels.
 
-    \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup geomanagement
 
-    \mainclass
 
     QFormLayout is a convenience layout class that lays out its
     children in a two-column form. The left column consists of labels
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qgridlayout.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qgridlayout.cpp
index 6624b77..1f25c63 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qgridlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qgridlayout.cpp
@@ -980,8 +980,7 @@ QRect QGridLayoutPrivate::cellRect(int row, int col) const
     \brief The QGridLayout class lays out widgets in a grid.
 
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QGridLayout takes the space made available to it (by its parent
     layout or by the parentWidget()), divides it up into rows and
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qkde.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qkde.cpp
index 23de838..98bf0a0 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qkde.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qkde.cpp
@@ -139,8 +139,6 @@ QString QKde::kdeStyle()
         return QLatin1String("plastique");
     else
         return QLatin1String("windows");
-
-    return QString();
 }
 
 /*!\internal
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper.cpp
index 0730ef6..7143358 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper.cpp
@@ -51,7 +51,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 /*!
     \class QKeyMapper
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup application
     \internal
 
     \sa QObject
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp
index 0716c37..53120da 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp
@@ -152,9 +152,8 @@ void Q_AUTOTEST_EXPORT qt_set_sequence_auto_mnemonic(bool b) { qt_sequence_no_mn
     \brief The QKeySequence class encapsulates a key sequence as used
     by shortcuts.
 
-    \ingroup misc
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     In its most common form, a key sequence describes a combination of
     keys that must be used together to perform some action. Key sequences
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp
index 3febd2c..4f1f52f 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp
@@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ static int menuBarHeightForWidth(QWidget *menubar, int w)
     \class QLayout
     \brief The QLayout class is the base class of geometry managers.
 
-    \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup geomanagement
 
     This is an abstract base class inherited by the concrete classes
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qlayoutitem.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qlayoutitem.cpp
index 47fe5e6..54f37bf 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qlayoutitem.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qlayoutitem.cpp
@@ -87,7 +87,6 @@ QSizePolicy::operator QVariant() const
     \brief The QLayoutItem class provides an abstract item that a
     QLayout manipulates.
 
-    \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup geomanagement
 
     This is used by custom layouts.
@@ -116,7 +115,6 @@ QSizePolicy::operator QVariant() const
 
 /*!
     \class QSpacerItem
-    \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup geomanagement
     \brief The QSpacerItem class provides blank space in a layout.
 
@@ -144,7 +142,6 @@ QSizePolicy::operator QVariant() const
 
 /*!
     \class QWidgetItem
-    \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup geomanagement
     \brief The QWidgetItem class is a layout item that represents a widget.
 
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qmime_mac.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qmime_mac.cpp
index f4d4707..9e8de67 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qmime_mac.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qmime_mac.cpp
@@ -126,9 +126,8 @@ CFStringRef qt_mac_mime_typeUTI = CFSTR("com.pasteboard.trolltech.marker");
   \l{http://developer.apple.com/macosx/uniformtypeidentifiers.html}{Uniform
   Type Identifier (UTI)} format.
   \since 4.2
-  \ingroup io
+
   \ingroup draganddrop
-  \ingroup misc
 
   Qt's drag and drop and clipboard facilities use the MIME
   standard. On X11, this maps trivially to the Xdnd protocol. On
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qmime_win.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qmime_win.cpp
index 63f37af..7f82f53 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qmime_win.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qmime_win.cpp
@@ -219,9 +219,7 @@ Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QWindowsMimeList, theMimeList);
 /*!
     \class QWindowsMime
     \brief The QWindowsMime class maps open-standard MIME to Window Clipboard formats.
-    \ingroup io
     \ingroup draganddrop
-    \ingroup misc
 
     Qt's drag-and-drop and clipboard facilities use the MIME standard.
     On X11, this maps trivially to the Xdnd protocol, but on Windows
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qpalette.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qpalette.cpp
index 24e735c..c5ae66b 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qpalette.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qpalette.cpp
@@ -399,8 +399,8 @@ void QPalette::setColorGroup(ColorGroup cg, const QColorGroup &g)
 
     \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup multimedia
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup painting
+
 
     A palette consists of three color groups: \e Active, \e Disabled,
     and \e Inactive. All widgets in Qt contain a palette and
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qshortcut.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qshortcut.cpp
index 194f648..1c5917c 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qshortcut.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qshortcut.cpp
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QShortcut class is used to create keyboard shortcuts.
 
     \ingroup events
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The QShortcut class provides a way of connecting keyboard
     shortcuts to Qt's \l{signals and slots} mechanism, so that
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qsizepolicy.qdoc b/src/gui/kernel/qsizepolicy.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..200deb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qsizepolicy.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,521 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QSizePolicy
+    \brief The QSizePolicy class is a layout attribute describing horizontal
+    and vertical resizing policy.
+
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+
+    The size policy of a widget is an expression of its willingness to
+    be resized in various ways, and affects how the widget is treated
+    by the \l{Layout Management}{layout engine}. Each widget returns a
+    QSizePolicy that describes the horizontal and vertical resizing
+    policy it prefers when being laid out. You can change this for
+    a specific widget by changing its QWidget::sizePolicy property.
+
+    QSizePolicy contains two independent QSizePolicy::Policy values
+    and two stretch factors; one describes the widgets's horizontal
+    size policy, and the other describes its vertical size policy. It
+    also contains a flag to indicate whether the height and width of
+    its preferred size are related.
+
+    The horizontal and vertical policies can be set in the
+    constructor, and altered using the setHorizontalPolicy() and
+    setVerticalPolicy() functions. The stretch factors can be set
+    using the setHorizontalStretch() and setVerticalStretch()
+    functions. The flag indicating whether the widget's
+    \l{QWidget::sizeHint()}{sizeHint()} is width-dependent (such as a
+    menu bar or a word-wrapping label) can be set using the
+    setHeightForWidth() function.
+
+    The current size policies and stretch factors be retrieved using
+    the horizontalPolicy(), verticalPolicy(), horizontalStretch() and
+    verticalStretch() functions. Alternatively, use the transpose()
+    function to swap the horizontal and vertical policies and
+    stretches. The hasHeightForWidth() function returns the current
+    status of the flag indicating the size hint dependencies.
+
+    Use the expandingDirections() function to determine whether the
+    associated widget can make use of more space than its
+    \l{QWidget::sizeHint()}{sizeHint()} function indicates, as well as
+    find out in which directions it can expand.
+
+    Finally, the QSizePolicy class provides operators comparing this
+    size policy to a given policy, as well as a QVariant operator
+    storing this QSizePolicy as a QVariant object.
+
+    \sa QSize, QWidget::sizeHint(), QWidget::sizePolicy,
+    QLayoutItem::sizeHint()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag
+
+    These flags are combined together to form the various \l{Policy}
+    values:
+
+    \value GrowFlag  The widget can grow beyond its size hint if necessary.
+    \value ExpandFlag  The widget should get as much space as possible.
+    \value ShrinkFlag  The widget can shrink below its size hint if necessary.
+    \value IgnoreFlag  The widget's size hint is ignored. The widget will get
+        as much space as possible.
+
+    \sa Policy
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSizePolicy::Policy
+
+    This enum describes the various per-dimension sizing types used
+    when constructing a QSizePolicy.
+
+    \value Fixed  The QWidget::sizeHint() is the only acceptable
+        alternative, so the widget can never grow or shrink (e.g. the
+        vertical direction of a push button).
+
+    \value Minimum  The sizeHint() is minimal, and sufficient. The
+        widget can be expanded, but there is no advantage to it being
+        larger (e.g. the horizontal direction of a push button).
+        It cannot be smaller than the size provided by sizeHint().
+
+    \value Maximum  The sizeHint() is a maximum. The widget can be
+        shrunk any amount without detriment if other widgets need the
+        space (e.g. a separator line).
+        It cannot be larger than the size provided by sizeHint().
+
+    \value Preferred  The sizeHint() is best, but the widget can be
+        shrunk and still be useful. The widget can be expanded, but there
+        is no advantage to it being larger than sizeHint() (the default
+        QWidget policy).
+
+    \value Expanding  The sizeHint() is a sensible size, but the
+        widget can be shrunk and still be useful. The widget can make use
+        of extra space, so it should get as much space as possible (e.g.
+        the horizontal direction of a horizontal slider).
+
+    \value MinimumExpanding  The sizeHint() is minimal, and sufficient.
+        The widget can make use of extra space, so it should get as much
+        space as possible (e.g. the horizontal direction of a horizontal
+        slider).
+
+    \value Ignored  The sizeHint() is ignored. The widget will get as
+        much space as possible.
+
+    \sa PolicyFlag, setHorizontalPolicy(), setVerticalPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy()
+
+    Constructs a QSizePolicy object with \l Fixed as its horizontal
+    and vertical policies.
+
+    The policies can be altered using the setHorizontalPolicy() and
+    setVerticalPolicy() functions. Use the setHeightForWidth()
+    function if the preferred height of the widget is dependent on the
+    width of the widget (for example, a QLabel with line wrapping).
+
+    \sa setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(Policy horizontal, Policy vertical)
+
+    Constructs a QSizePolicy object with the given \a horizontal and
+    \a vertical policies, and DefaultType as the control type.
+
+    Use setHeightForWidth() if the preferred height of the widget is
+    dependent on the width of the widget (for example, a QLabel with
+    line wrapping).
+
+    \sa setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(Policy horizontal, Policy vertical, ControlType type)
+    \since 4.3
+
+    Constructs a QSizePolicy object with the given \a horizontal and
+    \a vertical policies, and the specified control \a type.
+
+    Use setHeightForWidth() if the preferred height of the widget is
+    dependent on the width of the widget (for example, a QLabel with
+    line wrapping).
+
+    \sa setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch(), controlType()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::Policy QSizePolicy::horizontalPolicy() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal component of the size policy.
+
+    \sa setHorizontalPolicy(), verticalPolicy(), horizontalStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::Policy QSizePolicy::verticalPolicy() const
+
+    Returns the vertical component of the size policy.
+
+    \sa setVerticalPolicy(), horizontalPolicy(), verticalStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorizontalPolicy(Policy policy)
+
+    Sets the horizontal component to the given \a policy.
+
+    \sa horizontalPolicy(), setVerticalPolicy(), setHorizontalStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerticalPolicy(Policy policy)
+
+    Sets the vertical component to the given \a policy.
+
+    \sa verticalPolicy(), setHorizontalPolicy(), setVerticalStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Qt::Orientations QSizePolicy::expandingDirections() const
+
+    Returns whether a widget can make use of more space than the
+    QWidget::sizeHint() function indicates.
+
+    A value of Qt::Horizontal or Qt::Vertical means that the widget
+    can grow horizontally or vertically (i.e., the horizontal or
+    vertical policy is \l Expanding or \l MinimumExpanding), whereas
+    Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical means that it can grow in both
+    dimensions.
+
+    \sa horizontalPolicy(), verticalPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn ControlType QSizePolicy::controlType() const
+    \since 4.3
+
+    Returns the control type associated with the widget for which
+    this size policy applies.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setControlType(ControlType type)
+    \since 4.3
+
+    Sets the control type associated with the widget for which this
+    size policy applies to \a type.
+
+    The control type specifies the type of the widget for which this
+    size policy applies. It is used by some styles, notably
+    QMacStyle, to insert proper spacing between widgets. For example,
+    the Mac OS X Aqua guidelines specify that push buttons should be
+    separated by 12 pixels, whereas vertically stacked radio buttons
+    only require 6 pixels.
+
+    \sa QStyle::layoutSpacing()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHeightForWidth(bool dependent)
+
+    Sets the flag determining whether the widget's preferred height
+    depends on its width, to \a dependent.
+
+    \sa hasHeightForWidth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::hasHeightForWidth() const
+
+    Returns true if the widget's preferred height depends on its
+    width; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa setHeightForWidth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::operator==(const QSizePolicy &other) const
+
+    Returns true if this policy is equal to \a other; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::operator!=(const QSizePolicy &other) const
+
+    Returns true if this policy is different from \a other; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QSizePolicy::horizontalStretch() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal stretch factor of the size policy.
+
+    \sa setHorizontalStretch(), verticalStretch(), horizontalPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QSizePolicy::verticalStretch() const
+
+    Returns the vertical stretch factor of the size policy.
+
+    \sa setVerticalStretch(), horizontalStretch(), verticalPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorizontalStretch(uchar stretchFactor)
+
+    Sets the horizontal stretch factor of the size policy to the given \a
+    stretchFactor.
+
+    \sa horizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch(), setHorizontalPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerticalStretch(uchar stretchFactor)
+
+    Sets the vertical stretch factor of the size policy to the given
+    \a stretchFactor.
+
+    \sa verticalStretch(), setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::transpose()
+
+    Swaps the horizontal and vertical policies and stretches.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSizePolicy::ControlType
+    \since 4.3
+
+    This enum specifies the different types of widgets in terms of
+    layout interaction:
+
+    \value DefaultType  The default type, when none is specified.
+    \value ButtonBox  A QDialogButtonBox instance.
+    \value CheckBox  A QCheckBox instance.
+    \value ComboBox  A QComboBox instance.
+    \value Frame  A QFrame instance.
+    \value GroupBox  A QGroupBox instance.
+    \value Label  A QLabel instance.
+    \value Line  A QFrame instance with QFrame::HLine or QFrame::VLine.
+    \value LineEdit  A QLineEdit instance.
+    \value PushButton  A QPushButton instance.
+    \value RadioButton  A QRadioButton instance.
+    \value Slider  A QAbstractSlider instance.
+    \value SpinBox  A QAbstractSpinBox instance.
+    \value TabWidget  A QTabWidget instance.
+    \value ToolButton  A QToolButton instance.
+
+    \sa setControlType(), controlType()
+*/
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+    \typedef QSizePolicy::SizeType
+    \compat
+
+    Use the QSizePolicy::Policy enum instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSizePolicy::ExpandData
+    \compat
+
+    Use the Qt::Orientations enum instead.
+
+    \value NoDirection  Use 0 instead.
+    \value Horizontally  Use Qt::Horizontal instead.
+    \value Vertically  Use Qt::Vertical instead.
+    \value BothDirections  Use Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayShrinkHorizontally() const
+
+    Use the horizontalPolicy() function combined with the
+    QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag enum instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        bool policy = mayShrinkHorizontally();
+    \newcode
+        bool policy = horizontalPolicy() & QSizePolicy::ShrinkFlag;
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayShrinkVertically() const
+
+    Use the verticalPolicy() function combined with the
+    QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag enum instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        bool policy = mayShrinkVertically();
+    \newcode
+        bool policy = verticalPolicy() & QSizePolicy::ShrinkFlag;
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayGrowHorizontally() const
+
+    Use the horizontalPolicy() function combined with the
+    QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag enum instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        bool policy = mayGrowHorizontally();
+    \newcode
+        bool policy = horizontalPolicy() & QSizePolicy::GrowFlag;
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayGrowVertically() const
+
+    Use the verticalPolicy() function combined with the
+    QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag enum instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        bool policy = mayGrowVertically();
+    \newcode
+        bool policy = verticalPolicy() & QSizePolicy::GrowFlag;
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Qt::QSizePolicy::Orientations QSizePolicy::expanding() const
+
+    Use expandingDirections() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(Policy horizontal, Policy vertical, bool dependent)
+
+    Use the QSizePolicy() constructor and the setHeightForWidth()
+    function instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        QSizePolicy *policy = new QSizePolicy(horizontal, vertical, dependent);
+    \newcode
+        QSizePolicy *policy = new QSizePolicy(horizontal, vertical);
+        policy->setHeightForWidth(dependent);
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(Policy horizontal, Policy vertical, uchar horizontalStretch,
+                                 uchar verticalStretch, bool dependent)
+
+    Use the QSizePolicy() constructor and call the
+    setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch(), and
+    setHeightForWidth() functions instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        QSizePolicy *policy = new QSizePolicy(horizontal, vertical,
+                                                                 horizontalStretch, verticalStretch,
+                                                                 dependent);
+    \newcode
+        QSizePolicy *policy = new QSizePolicy(horizontal, vertical);
+        policy->setHorizontalStretch(horizontalStretch);
+        policy->setVerticalStretch(verticalStretch);
+        policy->setHeightForWidth(dependent);
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::Policy QSizePolicy::horData() const
+
+    Use horizontalPolicy() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::Policy QSizePolicy::verData() const
+
+    Use verticalPolicy() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorData(Policy policy)
+
+    Use setHorizontalPolicy() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerData(Policy policy)
+
+    Use setVerticalPolicy() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint QSizePolicy::horStretch() const
+
+    Use horizontalStretch() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint QSizePolicy::verStretch() const
+
+    Use verticalStretch() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorStretch(uchar stretch)
+
+    Use setHorizontalStretch() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerStretch(uchar stretch)
+
+    Use setVerticalStretch() instead.
+*/
+#endif
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qsound.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qsound.cpp
index 4e58c3a..7a16acf 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qsound.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qsound.cpp
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ public:
     \brief The QSound class provides access to the platform audio facilities.
 
     \ingroup multimedia
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Qt provides the most commonly required audio operation in GUI
     applications: asynchronously playing a sound file. This is most
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qstackedlayout.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qstackedlayout.cpp
index 4025b73..c7e25b0 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qstackedlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qstackedlayout.cpp
@@ -65,8 +65,6 @@ public:
     only one widget is visible at a time.
 
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
 
     QStackedLayout can be used to create a user interface similar to
     the one provided by QTabWidget. There is also a convenience
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qtooltip.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qtooltip.cpp
index 3ea9cb4..8193c55 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qtooltip.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qtooltip.cpp
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     widget.
 
     \ingroup helpsystem
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The tip is a short piece of text reminding the user of the
     widget's function. It is drawn immediately below the given
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwhatsthis.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwhatsthis.cpp
index 5a37801..6d0bc33 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwhatsthis.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwhatsthis.cpp
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     widget, i.e. answering the question "What's This?".
 
     \ingroup helpsystem
-    \mainclass
+
 
     "What's This?" help is part of an application's online help
     system, and provides users with information about the
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
index 633e8bf..4de08fd 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ void QWidget::setAutoFillBackground(bool enabled)
     \brief The QWidget class is the base class of all user interface objects.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The widget is the atom of the user interface: it receives mouse, keyboard
     and other events from the window system, and paints a representation of
@@ -2785,7 +2785,7 @@ void QWidget::showFullScreen()
     Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}.
 
     On X11, this function may not work properly with certain window
-    managers. See \l{geometry.html}{Window Geometry} for an explanation.
+    managers. See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an explanation.
 
     \sa setWindowState(), showNormal(), showMinimized(), show(), hide(), isVisible()
 */
@@ -2840,7 +2840,7 @@ void QWidget::showNormal()
 bool QWidget::isEnabledTo(QWidget* ancestor) const
 {
     const QWidget * w = this;
-    while (w && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled)
+    while (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled)
             && !w->isWindow()
             && w->parentWidget()
             && w->parentWidget() != ancestor)
@@ -3134,8 +3134,8 @@ void QWidget::setDisabled(bool disable)
     \brief geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any
     window frame
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of geometry issues with windows.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
     platform and screen geometry.
@@ -3161,8 +3161,8 @@ QRect QWidget::frameGeometry() const
     \brief the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including
     any window frame
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     By default, this property has a value of 0.
 
@@ -3181,8 +3181,8 @@ int QWidget::x() const
     \brief the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and
     including any window frame
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     By default, this property has a value of 0.
 
@@ -3214,8 +3214,8 @@ int QWidget::y() const
     \warning Calling move() or setGeometry() inside moveEvent() can
     lead to infinite recursion.
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     \sa frameGeometry, size x(), y()
 */
@@ -3245,8 +3245,8 @@ QPoint QWidget::pos() const
     \warning Calling setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() or moveEvent()
     can lead to infinite recursion.
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
     platform and screen geometry.
@@ -3295,8 +3295,8 @@ QPoint QWidget::pos() const
     \property QWidget::width
     \brief the width of the widget excluding any window frame
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     \note Do not use this function to find the width of a screen on
     a \l{QDesktopWidget}{multiple screen desktop}. Read
@@ -3312,8 +3312,8 @@ QPoint QWidget::pos() const
     \property QWidget::height
     \brief the height of the widget excluding any window frame
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     \note Do not use this function to find the height of a screen
     on a \l {QDesktopWidget} {multiple screen desktop}. Read
@@ -3332,8 +3332,8 @@ QPoint QWidget::pos() const
 
     The rect property equals QRect(0, 0, width(), height()).
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
     platform and screen geometry.
@@ -6347,8 +6347,8 @@ void QWidget::setGeometry(const QRect &r)
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 11
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of geometry issues with windows.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     Use QMainWindow::saveState() to save the geometry and the state of
     toolbars and dock widgets.
@@ -6389,8 +6389,8 @@ QByteArray QWidget::saveGeometry() const
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 12
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of geometry issues with windows.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     Use QMainWindow::restoreState() to restore the geometry and the
     state of toolbars and dock widgets.
@@ -7358,8 +7358,7 @@ bool QWidget::isVisibleTo(QWidget* ancestor) const
     if (!ancestor)
         return isVisible();
     const QWidget * w = this;
-    while (w
-            && !w->isHidden()
+    while (!w->isHidden()
             && !w->isWindow()
             && w->parentWidget()
             && w->parentWidget() != ancestor)
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm
index 0a21af7..fbb05c4 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm
@@ -72,7 +72,6 @@
 ** SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
-//#define QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
 
 #include <private/qt_mac_p.h>
 #include <private/qeventdispatcher_mac_p.h>
@@ -88,9 +87,6 @@
 #include "qlayout.h"
 #include "qmenubar.h"
 #include <private/qbackingstore_p.h>
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-# include <private/qpaintengine_raster_p.h>
-#endif
 #include <private/qwindowsurface_mac_p.h>
 #include <private/qpaintengine_mac_p.h>
 #include "qpainter.h"
@@ -1220,11 +1216,6 @@ OSStatus QWidgetPrivate::qt_widget_event(EventHandlerCallRef er, EventRef event,
                     QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &e);
                     if (!redirectionOffset.isNull())
                         widget->d_func()->restoreRedirected();
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-                    if(engine && engine->type() == QPaintEngine::Raster)
-                        static_cast<QRasterPaintEngine*>(engine)->flush(widget,
-                                                                        qrgn.boundingRect().topLeft());
-#endif
 
                     //cleanup
                     if (engine)
@@ -3105,7 +3096,7 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::update_sys(const QRegion &rgn)
     dirtyOnWidget += rgn;
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
     RgnHandle rgnHandle = rgn.toQDRgnForUpdate_sys();
-    if (rgnHandle) 
+    if (rgnHandle)
         HIViewSetNeedsDisplayInRegion(qt_mac_nativeview_for(q), QMacSmartQuickDrawRegion(rgnHandle), true);
     else {
         HIViewSetNeedsDisplay(qt_mac_nativeview_for(q), true); // do a complete repaint on overflow.
@@ -3201,10 +3192,13 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::show_sys()
 #else
             // sync the opacity value back (in case of a fade).
             [window setAlphaValue:q->windowOpacity()];
-
             [window makeKeyAndOrderFront:window];
+
+            // If this window is app modal, we need to start spinning
+            // a modal session for it. Interrupting
+            // the event dispatcher will make this happend:
             if (data.window_modality == Qt::ApplicationModal)
-                QCoreApplication::postEvent(qApp, new QEvent(QEvent::CocoaRequestModal));
+                QEventDispatcherMac::instance()->interrupt();
 #endif
             if (q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) {
 			    if (q->focusWidget())
@@ -3222,13 +3216,6 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::show_sys()
 #endif
         } else if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ShowWithoutActivating)) {
             qt_event_request_activate(q);
-#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
-            if (q->windowModality() == Qt::ApplicationModal) {
-                // We call 'activeModalSession' early to force creation of q's modal
-                // session. This seems neccessary for child dialogs to pop to front:
-                QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::activeModalSession();
-            }
-#endif
         }
     } else if(topData()->embedded || !q->parentWidget() || q->parentWidget()->isVisible()) {
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
@@ -4563,21 +4550,6 @@ Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QPaintEngineCleanupHandler, engineHandler)
 QPaintEngine *QWidget::paintEngine() const
 {
     QPaintEngine *&pe = engineHandler()->engine;
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-    if (!pe) {
-        if(qgetenv("QT_MAC_USE_COREGRAPHICS").isNull())
-            pe = new QRasterPaintEngine();
-        else
-            pe = new QCoreGraphicsPaintEngine();
-    }
-    if (pe->isActive()) {
-        QPaintEngine *engine =
-            qgetenv("QT_MAC_USE_COREGRAPHICS").isNull()
-            ? (QPaintEngine*)new QRasterPaintEngine() : (QPaintEngine*)new QCoreGraphicsPaintEngine();
-        engine->setAutoDestruct(true);
-        return engine;
-    }
-#else
     if (!pe)
         pe = new QCoreGraphicsPaintEngine();
     if (pe->isActive()) {
@@ -4585,7 +4557,6 @@ QPaintEngine *QWidget::paintEngine() const
         engine->setAutoDestruct(true);
         return engine;
     }
-#endif
     return pe;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidgetaction.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidgetaction.cpp
index 911d332..a397e39 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidgetaction.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidgetaction.cpp
@@ -54,6 +54,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     for inserting custom widgets into action based containers, such
     as toolbars.
 
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
+
     Most actions in an application are represented as items in menus or
     buttons in toolbars. However sometimes more complex widgets are
     necessary. For example a zoom action in a word processor may be
@@ -100,9 +102,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
             DirectConnection.
     \endlist
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
-
     \sa QAction, QActionGroup, QWidget
 */
 
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qx11info_x11.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qx11info_x11.cpp
index 786d48d..136f7f8 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qx11info_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qx11info_x11.cpp
@@ -179,6 +179,7 @@ QX11InfoData* QX11Info::getX11Data(bool def) const
     QX11InfoData* res = 0;
     if (def) {
         res = new QX11InfoData;
+        res->ref = 0;
         res->screen = appScreen();
         res->depth = appDepth();
         res->cells = appCells();
@@ -189,8 +190,8 @@ QX11InfoData* QX11Info::getX11Data(bool def) const
     } else if (x11data) {
         res = new QX11InfoData;
         *res = *x11data;
+        res->ref = 0;
     }
-    res->ref = 0;
     return res;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/x11.pri b/src/gui/kernel/x11.pri
index ac40f69..82de1b6 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/x11.pri
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/x11.pri
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 x11 {
-        contains(QT_CONFIG, nas): LIBS += -laudio -lXt
+        contains(QT_CONFIG, nas): LIBS_PRIVATE += -laudio -lXt
 }
  
diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qgenericmatrix.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qgenericmatrix.cpp
index 271571c..1c924c7 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qgenericmatrix.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qgenericmatrix.cpp
@@ -47,6 +47,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QGenericMatrix
     \brief The QGenericMatrix class is a template class that represents a NxM transformation matrix with N columns and M rows.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     The QGenericMatrix template has four parameters:
 
diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp
index a67a832..8fc439b 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QMatrix4x4
     \brief The QMatrix4x4 class represents a 4x4 transformation matrix in 3D space.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     \sa QVector3D, QGenericMatrix
 */
@@ -1009,11 +1010,24 @@ QMatrix4x4& QMatrix4x4::rotate(qreal angle, const QVector3D& vector)
 */
 QMatrix4x4& QMatrix4x4::rotate(qreal angle, qreal x, qreal y, qreal z)
 {
+    if (angle == 0.0f)
+        return *this;
     QMatrix4x4 m(1); // The "1" says to not load the identity.
-    qreal a = angle * M_PI / 180.0f;
-    qreal c = qCos(a);
-    qreal s = qSin(a);
-    qreal ic;
+    qreal c, s, ic;
+    if (angle == 90.0f || angle == -270.0f) {
+        s = 1.0f;
+        c = 0.0f;
+    } else if (angle == -90.0f || angle == 270.0f) {
+        s = -1.0f;
+        c = 0.0f;
+    } else if (angle == 180.0f || angle == -180.0f) {
+        s = 0.0f;
+        c = -1.0f;
+    } else {
+        qreal a = angle * M_PI / 180.0f;
+        c = qCos(a);
+        s = qSin(a);
+    }
     bool quick = false;
     if (x == 0.0f) {
         if (y == 0.0f) {
diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qquaternion.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qquaternion.cpp
index 9e56966..b2c598f 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qquaternion.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qquaternion.cpp
@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QQuaternion
     \brief The QQuaternion class represents a quaternion consisting of a vector and scalar.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     Quaternions are used to represent rotations in 3D space, and
     consist of a 3D rotation axis specified by the x, y, and z
diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qvector2d.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qvector2d.cpp
index f7fef6c..1662020 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qvector2d.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qvector2d.cpp
@@ -53,6 +53,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QVector2D
     \brief The QVector2D class represents a vector or vertex in 2D space.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     The QVector2D class can also be used to represent vertices in 2D space.
     We therefore do not need to provide a separate vertex class.
diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qvector3d.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qvector3d.cpp
index 2915d3a..0e3f4e1 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qvector3d.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qvector3d.cpp
@@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QVector3D
     \brief The QVector3D class represents a vector or vertex in 3D space.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     Vectors are one of the main building blocks of 3D representation and
     drawing.  They consist of three coordinates, traditionally called
diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qvector4d.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qvector4d.cpp
index dd64103..a2efff7 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qvector4d.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qvector4d.cpp
@@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QVector4D
     \brief The QVector4D class represents a vector or vertex in 4D space.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     The QVector4D class can also be used to represent vertices in 4D space.
     We therefore do not need to provide a separate vertex class.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/painting.pri b/src/gui/painting/painting.pri
index 2f5b2d6..feef15a 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/painting.pri
+++ b/src/gui/painting/painting.pri
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ HEADERS += \
 
 SOURCES += \
         painting/qbezier.cpp \
-	painting/qblendfunctions.cpp \
+        painting/qblendfunctions.cpp \
         painting/qbrush.cpp \
         painting/qcolor.cpp \
         painting/qcolor_p.cpp \
@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ SOURCES += \
         painting/qmatrix.cpp \
         painting/qmemrotate.cpp \
         painting/qoutlinemapper.cpp \
+        painting/qpaintdevice.cpp \
         painting/qpaintengine.cpp \
         painting/qpaintengine_alpha.cpp \
         painting/qpaintengine_preview.cpp \
@@ -75,14 +76,10 @@ SOURCES += \
         painting/qstroker.cpp \
         painting/qstylepainter.cpp \
         painting/qtessellator.cpp \
-        painting/qwindowsurface.cpp \
         painting/qtextureglyphcache.cpp \
         painting/qtransform.cpp \
+        painting/qwindowsurface.cpp \
 
-        DEFINES += QT_RASTER_IMAGEENGINE
-        win32:DEFINES += QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-        embedded:DEFINES += QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-        symbian:DEFINES += QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
         SOURCES +=                                      \
                 painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp        \
                 painting/qdrawhelper.cpp                \
@@ -179,7 +176,6 @@ embedded {
 
 symbian {
         SOURCES += \
-                painting/qpaintdevice_s60.cpp \
                 painting/qregion_s60.cpp \
                 painting/qcolormap_s60.cpp
 }
@@ -361,6 +357,7 @@ embedded {
 }
 
 
+
 symbian {
         HEADERS += painting/qwindowsurface_s60_p.h
         SOURCES += painting/qwindowsurface_s60.cpp
@@ -376,3 +373,10 @@ symbian {
         QMAKE_CXXFLAGS.ARMCC *= -O3
 }
 
+contains(QT_CONFIG, zlib) {
+   INCLUDEPATH += ../3rdparty/zlib
+} else:!contains(QT_CONFIG, no-zlib) {
+   unix:LIBS_PRIVATE += -lz
+#  win32:LIBS += libz.lib
+}
+
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qblendfunctions.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qblendfunctions.cpp
index 1121c0e..e447301 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qblendfunctions.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qblendfunctions.cpp
@@ -793,8 +793,351 @@ void qt_scale_image_argb32_on_argb32(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
     }
 }
 
+struct QTransformImageVertex
+{
+    qreal x, y, u, v; // destination coordinates (x, y) and source coordinates (u, v)
+};
+
+template <class SrcT, class DestT, class Blender>
+void qt_transform_image_rasterize(DestT *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                  const SrcT *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                                  const QTransformImageVertex &topLeft, const QTransformImageVertex &bottomLeft,
+                                  const QTransformImageVertex &topRight, const QTransformImageVertex &bottomRight,
+                                  const QRect &sourceRect,
+                                  const QRect &clip,
+                                  qreal topY, qreal bottomY,
+                                  int dudx, int dvdx, int dudy, int dvdy, int u0, int v0,
+                                  Blender blender)
+{
+    int fromY = qMax(qRound(topY), clip.top());
+    int toY = qMin(qRound(bottomY), clip.top() + clip.height());
+    if (fromY >= toY)
+        return;
+
+    qreal leftSlope = (bottomLeft.x - topLeft.x) / (bottomLeft.y - topLeft.y);
+    qreal rightSlope = (bottomRight.x - topRight.x) / (bottomRight.y - topRight.y);
+    int dx_l = int(leftSlope * 0x10000);
+    int dx_r = int(rightSlope * 0x10000);
+    int x_l = int((topLeft.x + (0.5 + fromY - topLeft.y) * leftSlope + 0.5) * 0x10000);
+    int x_r = int((topRight.x + (0.5 + fromY - topRight.y) * rightSlope + 0.5) * 0x10000);
+
+    int fromX, toX, x1, x2, u, v, i, ii;
+    DestT *line;
+    for (int y = fromY; y < toY; ++y) {
+        line = reinterpret_cast<DestT *>(reinterpret_cast<uchar *>(destPixels) + y * dbpl);
+
+        fromX = qMax(x_l >> 16, clip.left());
+        toX = qMin(x_r >> 16, clip.left() + clip.width());
+        if (fromX < toX) {
+            // Because of rounding, we can get source coordinates outside the source image.
+            // Clamp these coordinates to the source rect to avoid segmentation fault and
+            // garbage on the screen.
+
+            // Find the first pixel on the current scan line where the source coordinates are within the source rect.
+            x1 = fromX;
+            u = x1 * dudx + y * dudy + u0;
+            v = x1 * dvdx + y * dvdy + v0;
+            for (; x1 < toX; ++x1) {
+                int uu = u >> 16;
+                int vv = v >> 16;
+                if (uu >= sourceRect.left() && uu < sourceRect.left() + sourceRect.width()
+                    && vv >= sourceRect.top() && vv < sourceRect.top() + sourceRect.height()) {
+                    break;
+                }
+                u += dudx;
+                v += dvdx;
+            }
+
+            // Find the last pixel on the current scan line where the source coordinates are within the source rect.
+            x2 = toX;
+            u = (x2 - 1) * dudx + y * dudy + u0;
+            v = (x2 - 1) * dvdx + y * dvdy + v0;
+            for (; x2 > x1; --x2) {
+                int uu = u >> 16;
+                int vv = v >> 16;
+                if (uu >= sourceRect.left() && uu < sourceRect.left() + sourceRect.width()
+                    && vv >= sourceRect.top() && vv < sourceRect.top() + sourceRect.height()) {
+                    break;
+                }
+                u -= dudx;
+                v -= dvdx;
+            }
+
+            // Set up values at the beginning of the scan line.
+            u = fromX * dudx + y * dudy + u0;
+            v = fromX * dvdx + y * dvdy + v0;
+            line += fromX;
+
+            // Beginning of the scan line, with per-pixel checks.
+            i = x1 - fromX;
+            while (i) {
+                int uu = qBound(sourceRect.left(), u >> 16, sourceRect.left() + sourceRect.width() - 1);
+                int vv = qBound(sourceRect.top(), v >> 16, sourceRect.top() + sourceRect.height() - 1);
+                blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + vv * sbpl)[uu]);
+                u += dudx;
+                v += dvdx;
+                ++line;
+                --i;
+            }
+
+            // Middle of the scan line, without checks.
+            // Manual loop unrolling.
+            i = x2 - x1;
+            ii = i >> 3;
+            while (ii) {
+                blender.write(&line[0], reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[1], reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[2], reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[3], reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[4], reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[5], reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[6], reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[7], reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                line += 8;
+                --ii;
+            }
+            switch (i & 7) {
+                case 7: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+                case 6: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+                case 5: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+                case 4: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+                case 3: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+                case 2: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+                case 1: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+            }
+
+            // End of the scan line, with per-pixel checks.
+            i = toX - x2;
+            while (i) {
+                int uu = qBound(sourceRect.left(), u >> 16, sourceRect.left() + sourceRect.width() - 1);
+                int vv = qBound(sourceRect.top(), v >> 16, sourceRect.top() + sourceRect.height() - 1);
+                blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast<const SrcT *>(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(srcPixels) + vv * sbpl)[uu]);
+                u += dudx;
+                v += dvdx;
+                ++line;
+                --i;
+            }
+        }
+        x_l += dx_l;
+        x_r += dx_r;
+    }
+}
+
+template <class SrcT, class DestT, class Blender>
+void qt_transform_image(DestT *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                        const SrcT *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                        const QRectF &targetRect,
+                        const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                        const QRect &clip,
+                        const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                        Blender blender)
+{
+    enum Corner
+    {
+        TopLeft,
+        TopRight,
+        BottomRight,
+        BottomLeft
+    };
+
+    // map source rectangle to destination.
+    QTransformImageVertex v[4];
+    v[TopLeft].u = v[BottomLeft].u = sourceRect.left();
+    v[TopLeft].v = v[TopRight].v = sourceRect.top();
+    v[TopRight].u = v[BottomRight].u = sourceRect.right();
+    v[BottomLeft].v = v[BottomRight].v = sourceRect.bottom();
+    targetRectTransform.map(targetRect.left(), targetRect.top(), &v[TopLeft].x, &v[TopLeft].y);
+    targetRectTransform.map(targetRect.right(), targetRect.top(), &v[TopRight].x, &v[TopRight].y);
+    targetRectTransform.map(targetRect.left(), targetRect.bottom(), &v[BottomLeft].x, &v[BottomLeft].y);
+    targetRectTransform.map(targetRect.right(), targetRect.bottom(), &v[BottomRight].x, &v[BottomRight].y);
+
+    // find topmost vertex.
+    int topmost = 0;
+    for (int i = 1; i < 4; ++i) {
+        if (v[i].y < v[topmost].y)
+            topmost = i;
+    }
+    // rearrange array such that topmost vertex is at index 0.
+    switch (topmost) {
+    case 1:
+        {
+            QTransformImageVertex t = v[0];
+            for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
+                v[i] = v[i+1];
+            v[3] = t;
+        }
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        qSwap(v[0], v[2]);
+        qSwap(v[1], v[3]);
+        break;
+    case 3:
+        {
+            QTransformImageVertex t = v[3];
+            for (int i = 3; i > 0; --i)
+                v[i] = v[i-1];
+            v[0] = t;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    // if necessary, swap vertex 1 and 3 such that 1 is to the left of 3.
+    qreal dx1 = v[1].x - v[0].x;
+    qreal dy1 = v[1].y - v[0].y;
+    qreal dx2 = v[3].x - v[0].x;
+    qreal dy2 = v[3].y - v[0].y;
+    if (dx1 * dy2 - dx2 * dy1 > 0)
+        qSwap(v[1], v[3]);
+
+    QTransformImageVertex u = {v[1].x - v[0].x, v[1].y - v[0].y, v[1].u - v[0].u, v[1].v - v[0].v};
+    QTransformImageVertex w = {v[2].x - v[0].x, v[2].y - v[0].y, v[2].u - v[0].u, v[2].v - v[0].v};
+
+    qreal det = u.x * w.y - u.y * w.x;
+    if (det == 0)
+        return;
+
+    qreal invDet = 1.0 / det;
+    qreal m11, m12, m21, m22, mdx, mdy;
+
+    m11 = (u.u * w.y - u.y * w.u) * invDet;
+    m12 = (u.x * w.u - u.u * w.x) * invDet;
+    m21 = (u.v * w.y - u.y * w.v) * invDet;
+    m22 = (u.x * w.v - u.v * w.x) * invDet;
+    mdx = v[0].u - m11 * v[0].x - m12 * v[0].y;
+    mdy = v[0].v - m21 * v[0].x - m22 * v[0].y;
+
+    int dudx = int(m11 * 0x10000);
+    int dvdx = int(m21 * 0x10000);
+    int dudy = int(m12 * 0x10000);
+    int dvdy = int(m22 * 0x10000);
+    int u0 = qCeil((0.5 * m11 + 0.5 * m12 + mdx) * 0x10000) - 1;
+    int v0 = qCeil((0.5 * m21 + 0.5 * m22 + mdy) * 0x10000) - 1;
+
+    int x1 = qFloor(sourceRect.left());
+    int y1 = qFloor(sourceRect.top());
+    int x2 = qCeil(sourceRect.right());
+    int y2 = qCeil(sourceRect.bottom());
+    QRect sourceRectI(x1, y1, x2 - x1, y2 - y1);
+
+    // rasterize trapezoids.
+    if (v[1].y < v[3].y) {
+        qt_transform_image_rasterize(destPixels, dbpl, srcPixels, sbpl, v[0], v[1], v[0], v[3], sourceRectI, clip, v[0].y, v[1].y, dudx, dvdx, dudy, dvdy, u0, v0, blender);
+        qt_transform_image_rasterize(destPixels, dbpl, srcPixels, sbpl, v[1], v[2], v[0], v[3], sourceRectI, clip, v[1].y, v[3].y, dudx, dvdx, dudy, dvdy, u0, v0, blender);
+        qt_transform_image_rasterize(destPixels, dbpl, srcPixels, sbpl, v[1], v[2], v[3], v[2], sourceRectI, clip, v[3].y, v[2].y, dudx, dvdx, dudy, dvdy, u0, v0, blender);
+    } else {
+        qt_transform_image_rasterize(destPixels, dbpl, srcPixels, sbpl, v[0], v[1], v[0], v[3], sourceRectI, clip, v[0].y, v[3].y, dudx, dvdx, dudy, dvdy, u0, v0, blender);
+        qt_transform_image_rasterize(destPixels, dbpl, srcPixels, sbpl, v[0], v[1], v[3], v[2], sourceRectI, clip, v[3].y, v[1].y, dudx, dvdx, dudy, dvdy, u0, v0, blender);
+        qt_transform_image_rasterize(destPixels, dbpl, srcPixels, sbpl, v[1], v[2], v[3], v[2], sourceRectI, clip, v[1].y, v[2].y, dudx, dvdx, dudy, dvdy, u0, v0, blender);
+    }
+}
+
+void qt_transform_image_rgb16_on_rgb16(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                       const uchar *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                                       const QRectF &targetRect,
+                                       const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                                       const QRect &clip,
+                                       const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                                       int const_alpha)
+{
+    if (const_alpha == 256) {
+        Blend_RGB16_on_RGB16_NoAlpha noAlpha;
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast<quint16 *>(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast<const quint16 *>(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, noAlpha);
+    } else {
+        Blend_RGB16_on_RGB16_ConstAlpha constAlpha(const_alpha);
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast<quint16 *>(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast<const quint16 *>(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, constAlpha);
+    }
+}
+
+void qt_transform_image_argb24_on_rgb16(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                        const uchar *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                                        const QRectF &targetRect,
+                                        const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                                        const QRect &clip,
+                                        const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                                        int const_alpha)
+{
+    if (const_alpha == 256) {
+        Blend_ARGB24_on_RGB16_SourceAlpha noAlpha;
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast<quint16 *>(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast<const qargb8565 *>(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, noAlpha);
+    } else {
+        Blend_ARGB24_on_RGB16_SourceAndConstAlpha constAlpha(const_alpha);
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast<quint16 *>(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast<const qargb8565 *>(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, constAlpha);
+    }
+}
 
 
+void qt_transform_image_argb32_on_rgb16(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                        const uchar *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                                        const QRectF &targetRect,
+                                        const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                                        const QRect &clip,
+                                        const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                                        int const_alpha)
+{
+    if (const_alpha == 256) {
+        Blend_ARGB32_on_RGB16_SourceAlpha noAlpha;
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast<quint16 *>(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast<const quint32 *>(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, noAlpha);
+    } else {
+        Blend_ARGB32_on_RGB16_SourceAndConstAlpha constAlpha(const_alpha);
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast<quint16 *>(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast<const quint32 *>(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, constAlpha);
+    }
+}
+
+
+void qt_transform_image_rgb32_on_rgb32(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                       const uchar *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                                       const QRectF &targetRect,
+                                       const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                                       const QRect &clip,
+                                       const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                                       int const_alpha)
+{
+    if (const_alpha == 256) {
+        Blend_RGB32_on_RGB32_NoAlpha noAlpha;
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast<quint32 *>(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast<const quint32 *>(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, noAlpha);
+    } else {
+        Blend_RGB32_on_RGB32_ConstAlpha constAlpha(const_alpha);
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast<quint32 *>(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast<const quint32 *>(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, constAlpha);
+    }
+}
+
+void qt_transform_image_argb32_on_argb32(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                         const uchar *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                                         const QRectF &targetRect,
+                                         const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                                         const QRect &clip,
+                                         const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                                         int const_alpha)
+{
+    if (const_alpha == 256) {
+        Blend_ARGB32_on_ARGB32_SourceAlpha sourceAlpha;
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast<quint32 *>(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast<const quint32 *>(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, sourceAlpha);
+    } else {
+        Blend_ARGB32_on_ARGB32_SourceAndConstAlpha constAlpha(const_alpha);
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast<quint32 *>(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast<const quint32 *>(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, constAlpha);
+    }
+}
+
 SrcOverScaleFunc qScaleFunctions[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats] = {
     {   // Format_Invalid
         0,      // Format_Invalid,
@@ -1378,5 +1721,295 @@ SrcOverBlendFunc qBlendFunctions[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats] =
     }
 };
 
+SrcOverTransformFunc qTransformFunctions[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats] = {
+    {   // Format_Invalid
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_Mono
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_MonoLSB
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_Indexed8
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_RGB32
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        qt_transform_image_rgb32_on_rgb32,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        qt_transform_image_argb32_on_argb32,    // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_ARGB32
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        qt_transform_image_rgb32_on_rgb32,          // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        qt_transform_image_argb32_on_argb32,        // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_RGB16
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        qt_transform_image_argb32_on_rgb16,       // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        qt_transform_image_rgb16_on_rgb16,        // Format_RGB16,
+        qt_transform_image_argb24_on_rgb16,       // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_RGB666
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_RGB555
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_RGB888
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_RGB444
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    }
+};
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp
index 1289403..b005842 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ struct QBrushDataPointerDeleter
 
 /*!
     \class QBrush
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     \brief The QBrush class defines the fill pattern of shapes drawn
@@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &s, QBrush &b)
 
 /*!
     \class QGradient
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     \brief The QGradient class is used in combination with QBrush to
@@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@ bool QGradient::operator==(const QGradient &gradient)
 
 /*!
     \class QLinearGradient
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QLinearGradient class is used in combination with QBrush to
     specify a linear gradient brush.
@@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ void QLinearGradient::setFinalStop(const QPointF &stop)
 
 /*!
     \class QRadialGradient
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QRadialGradient class is used in combination with QBrush to
     specify a radial gradient brush.
@@ -1964,7 +1964,7 @@ void QRadialGradient::setFocalPoint(const QPointF &focalPoint)
 
 /*!
     \class QConicalGradient
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QConicalGradient class is used in combination with QBrush to
     specify a conical gradient brush.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp
index 11a9ae7..4e93f04 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp
@@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QColor
     \brief The QColor class provides colors based on RGB, HSV or CMYK values.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A color is normally specified in terms of RGB (red, green, and
     blue) components, but it is also possible to specify it in terms
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qcolormap.qdoc b/src/gui/painting/qcolormap.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4a88f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qcolormap.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QColormap
+    \ingroup painting
+
+    \brief The QColormap class maps device independent QColors to device
+    dependent pixel values.
+*/
+
+/*! \enum QColormap::Mode
+
+    This enum describes how QColormap maps device independent RGB
+    values to device dependent pixel values.
+
+    \value Direct Pixel values are derived directly from the RGB
+    values, also known as "True Color."
+
+    \value Indexed Pixel values represent indexes into a vector of
+    available colors, i.e. QColormap uses the index of the color that
+    most closely matches an RGB value.
+
+    \value Gray Similar to \c Indexed, pixel values represent a vector
+    of available gray tones.  QColormap uses the index of the gray
+    tone that most closely matches the computed gray tone of an RGB
+    value.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QColormap QColormap::instance(int screen)
+
+    Returns the colormap for the specified \a screen.  If \a screen is
+    -1, this function returns the colormap for the default screen.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QColormap::QColormap(const QColormap &colormap)
+
+    Constructs a copy of another \a colormap.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QColormap::~QColormap()
+    
+    Destroys the colormap.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QColormap::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the colormap for \c Indexed and \c Gray modes;
+    Returns -1 for \c Direct mode.
+
+    \sa colormap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint QColormap::pixel(const QColor &color) const
+
+    Returns a device dependent pixel value for the \a color.
+
+    \sa colorAt()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QColormap::depth() const
+
+    Returns the depth of the device.
+
+    \sa size()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QColormap::Mode QColormap::mode() const
+
+    Returns the mode of this colormap.
+
+    \sa QColormap::Mode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor QColormap::colorAt(uint pixel) const
+
+    Returns a QColor for the \a pixel.
+
+    \sa pixel()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QVector<QColor> QColormap::colormap() const
+
+    Returns a vector of colors which represents the devices colormap
+    for \c Indexed and \c Gray modes.  This function returns an empty
+    vector for \c Direct mode.
+
+    \sa size()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn HPALETTE QColormap::hPal()
+
+    This function is only available on Windows.
+
+    Returns an handle to the HPALETTE used by this colormap.  If no
+    HPALETTE is being used, this function returns zero.
+*/
+
+/*! \since 4.2
+
+    \fn QColormap &QColormap::operator=(const QColormap &colormap)
+
+    Assigns the given \a colormap to \e this color map and returns
+    a reference to \e this color map.
+*/
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper_p.h b/src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper_p.h
index 942b088..0607867 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper_p.h
@@ -146,6 +146,14 @@ typedef void (*SrcOverScaleFunc)(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
                                  const QRect &clipRect,
                                  int const_alpha);
 
+typedef void (*SrcOverTransformFunc)(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                     const uchar *src, int spbl,
+                                     const QRectF &targetRect,
+                                     const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                                     const QRect &clipRect,
+                                     const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                                     int const_alpha);
+
 
 struct DrawHelper {
     ProcessSpans blendColor;
@@ -158,6 +166,7 @@ struct DrawHelper {
 
 extern SrcOverBlendFunc qBlendFunctions[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats];
 extern SrcOverScaleFunc qScaleFunctions[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats];
+extern SrcOverTransformFunc qTransformFunctions[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats];
 
 extern DrawHelper qDrawHelper[QImage::NImageFormats];
 
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp
index ce71a84..abff9bf 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     coordinate system.
     \obsolete
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     A matrix specifies how to translate, scale, shear or rotate the
     coordinate system, and is typically used when rendering graphics.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_s60.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.cpp
index 26ff37a..6477952 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.cpp
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -34,39 +34,33 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
 #include "qpaintdevice.h"
-#include "qpainter.h"
-#include "qwidget.h"
-#include "qbitmap.h"
-#include "qapplication.h"
-#include <private/qapplication_p.h>
-#include "qprinter.h"
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
+extern void qt_painter_removePaintDevice(QPaintDevice *); //qpainter.cpp
+
 QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
 {
     painters = 0;
 }
 
-
 QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
 {
     if (paintingActive())
         qWarning("QPaintDevice: Cannot destroy paint device that is being "
-                  "painted.  Be sure to QPainter::end() painters!");
+                  "painted");
+    qt_painter_removePaintDevice(this);
 }
 
+
 int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric) const
 {
     qWarning("QPaintDevice::metrics: Device has no metric information");
     return 0;
 }
-
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.qdoc b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5933484
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QPaintDevice
+    \brief The QPaintDevice class is the base class of objects that
+    can be painted.
+
+    \ingroup painting
+
+    A paint device is an abstraction of a two-dimensional space that
+    can be drawn using a QPainter.  Its default coordinate system has
+    its origin located at the top-left position. X increases to the
+    right and Y increases downwards. The unit is one pixel.
+
+    The drawing capabilities of QPaintDevice are currently implemented
+    by the QWidget, QImage, QPixmap, QGLPixelBuffer, QPicture, and
+    QPrinter subclasses.
+
+    To implement support for a new backend, you must derive from
+    QPaintDevice and reimplement the virtual paintEngine() function to
+    tell QPainter which paint engine should be used to draw on this
+    particular device. Note that you also must create a corresponding
+    paint engine to be able to draw on the device, i.e derive from
+    QPaintEngine and reimplement its virtual functions.
+
+    \warning Qt requires that a QApplication object exists before
+    any paint devices can be created. Paint devices access window
+    system resources, and these resources are not initialized before
+    an application object is created.
+
+    The QPaintDevice class provides several functions returning the
+    various device metrics: The depth() function returns its bit depth
+    (number of bit planes). The height() function returns its height
+    in default coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and
+    QWidget) while heightMM() returns the height of the device in
+    millimeters. Similiarily, the width() and widthMM() functions
+    return the width of the device in default coordinate system units
+    and in millimeters, respectively. Alternatively, the protected
+    metric() function can be used to retrieve the metric information
+    by specifying the desired PaintDeviceMetric as argument.
+
+    The logicalDpiX() and logicalDpiY() functions return the
+    horizontal and vertical resolution of the device in dots per
+    inch. The physicalDpiX() and physicalDpiY() functions also return
+    the resolution of the device in dots per inch, but note that if
+    the logical and vertical resolution differ, the corresponding
+    QPaintEngine must handle the mapping. Finally, the numColors()
+    function returns the number of different colors available for the
+    paint device.
+
+    \sa QPaintEngine, QPainter, {The Coordinate System}, {The Paint
+    System}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPaintDevice::PaintDeviceMetric
+
+    Describes the various metrics of a paint device.
+
+    \value PdmWidth The width of the paint device in default
+    coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget). See
+    also width().
+
+    \value PdmHeight The height of the paint device in default
+    coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget). See
+    also height().
+
+    \value PdmWidthMM The width of the paint device in millimeters. See
+    also widthMM().
+
+    \value PdmHeightMM  The height of the paint device in millimeters. See
+    also heightMM().
+
+    \value PdmNumColors The number of different colors available for
+    the paint device. See also numColors().
+
+    \value PdmDepth The bit depth (number of bit planes) of the paint
+    device. See also depth().
+
+    \value PdmDpiX The horizontal resolution of the device in dots per
+    inch. See also logicalDpiX().
+
+    \value PdmDpiY  The vertical resolution of the device in dots per inch. See
+    also logicalDpiY().
+
+    \value PdmPhysicalDpiX The horizontal resolution of the device in
+    dots per inch. See also physicalDpiX().
+
+    \value PdmPhysicalDpiY The vertical resolution of the device in
+    dots per inch. See also physicalDpiY().
+
+    \sa metric()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
+
+    Constructs a paint device. This constructor can be invoked only from
+    subclasses of QPaintDevice.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
+
+    Destroys the paint device and frees window system resources.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::devType() const
+
+    \internal
+
+    Returns the device type identifier, which is QInternal::Widget
+    if the device is a QWidget, QInternal::Pixmap if it's a
+    QPixmap, QInternal::Printer if it's a QPrinter,
+    QInternal::Picture if it's a QPicture, or
+    QInternal::UnknownDevice in other cases.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPaintDevice::paintingActive() const
+
+    Returns true if the device is currently being painted on, i.e. someone has
+    called QPainter::begin() but not yet called QPainter::end() for
+    this device; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa QPainter::isActive()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPaintEngine *QPaintDevice::paintEngine() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the paint engine used for drawing on the
+    device.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric metric) const
+
+    Returns the metric information for  the given paint device \a metric.
+
+    \sa PaintDeviceMetric
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::width() const
+
+    Returns the width of the paint device in default coordinate system
+    units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget).
+
+    \sa widthMM()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::height() const
+
+    Returns the height of the paint device in default coordinate
+    system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget).
+
+    \sa heightMM()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::widthMM() const
+
+    Returns the width of the paint device in millimeters. Due to platform
+    limitations it may not be possible to use this function to determine
+    the actual physical size of a widget on the screen.
+
+    \sa width()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::heightMM() const
+
+    Returns the height of the paint device in millimeters. Due to platform
+    limitations it may not be possible to use this function to determine
+    the actual physical size of a widget on the screen.
+
+    \sa height()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::numColors() const
+
+    Returns the number of different colors available for the paint
+    device. Since this value is an int, it will not be sufficient to represent
+    the number of colors on 32 bit displays, in this case INT_MAX is
+    returned instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::depth() const
+
+    Returns the bit depth (number of bit planes) of the paint device.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::logicalDpiX() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal resolution of the device in dots per inch,
+    which is used when computing font sizes. For X11, this is usually
+    the same as could be computed from widthMM().
+
+    Note that if the logicalDpiX() doesn't equal the physicalDpiX(),
+    the corresponding QPaintEngine must handle the resolution mapping.
+
+    \sa logicalDpiY(), physicalDpiX()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::logicalDpiY() const
+
+    Returns the vertical resolution of the device in dots per inch,
+    which is used when computing font sizes. For X11, this is usually
+    the same as could be computed from heightMM().
+
+    Note that if the logicalDpiY() doesn't equal the physicalDpiY(),
+    the corresponding QPaintEngine must handle the resolution mapping.
+
+    \sa  logicalDpiX(), physicalDpiY()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::physicalDpiX() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal resolution of the device in dots per inch.
+    For example, when printing, this resolution refers to the physical
+    printer's resolution. The logical DPI on the other hand, refers to
+    the resolution used by the actual paint engine.
+
+    Note that if the physicalDpiX() doesn't equal the logicalDpiX(),
+    the corresponding QPaintEngine must handle the resolution mapping.
+
+    \sa  physicalDpiY(),  logicalDpiX()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::physicalDpiY() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal resolution of the device in dots per inch.
+    For example, when printing, this resolution refers to the physical
+    printer's resolution. The logical DPI on the other hand, refers to
+    the resolution used by the actual paint engine.
+
+    Note that if the physicalDpiY() doesn't equal the logicalDpiY(),
+    the corresponding QPaintEngine must handle the resolution mapping.
+
+    \sa  physicalDpiX(),  logicalDpiY()
+*/
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_mac.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_mac.cpp
index bf5e261..aa7c2ac 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_mac.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_mac.cpp
@@ -57,34 +57,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   Internal variables and functions
  *****************************************************************************/
 
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  External functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-extern void qt_painter_removePaintDevice(QPaintDevice *); //qpainter.cpp
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  QPaintDevice member functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
-{
-    painters = 0;
-}
-
-QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
-{
-    if(paintingActive())
-        qWarning("QPaintDevice: Cannot destroy paint device that is being "
-                 "painted, be sure to QPainter::end() painters");
-    qt_painter_removePaintDevice(this);
-}
-
-int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric) const
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
 /*! \internal */
 float qt_mac_defaultDpi_x()
 {
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_qws.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_qws.cpp
index 9a6a3d3..b161cb8 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_qws.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_qws.cpp
@@ -48,39 +48,6 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
-{
-    painters = 0;
-}
-
-extern void qt_painter_removePaintDevice(QPaintDevice *); //qpainter.cpp
-
-
-QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
-{
-    if (paintingActive())
-        qWarning("QPaintDevice: Cannot destroy paint device that is being "
-                  "painted");
-    qt_painter_removePaintDevice(this);
-}
-
-
-int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric m) const
-{
-    qWarning("QPaintDevice::metrics: Device has no metric information");
-    if (m == PdmDpiX) {
-        return 72;
-    } else if (m == PdmDpiY) {
-        return 72;
-    } else if (m == PdmNumColors) {
-        // FIXME: does this need to be a real value?
-        return 256;
-    } else {
-        qDebug("Unrecognised metric %d!",m);
-        return 0;
-    }
-}
-
 QWSDisplay *QPaintDevice::qwsDisplay()
 {
     return qt_fbdpy;
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_win.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_win.cpp
index 86de028..f964feb 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_win.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_win.cpp
@@ -50,27 +50,6 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
-{
-    painters = 0;
-}
-
-extern void qt_painter_removePaintDevice(QPaintDevice *); //qpainter.cpp
-
-QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
-{
-    if (paintingActive())
-        qWarning("QPaintDevice: Cannot destroy paint device that is being "
-                  "painted.  Be sure to QPainter::end() painters!");
-    qt_painter_removePaintDevice(this);
-}
-
-int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric) const
-{
-    qWarning("QPaintDevice::metrics: Device has no metric information");
-    return 0;
-}
-
 HDC QPaintDevice::getDC() const
 {
     return 0;
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp
index b0ed732..474f3f1 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp
@@ -49,21 +49,6 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
-{
-    painters = 0;
-}
-
-extern void qt_painter_removePaintDevice(QPaintDevice *); //qpainter.cpp
-
-QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
-{
-    if (paintingActive())
-        qWarning("QPaintDevice: Cannot destroy paint device that is being "
-                  "painted");
-    qt_painter_removePaintDevice(this);
-}
-
 /*! \internal
 
     Returns the X11 Drawable of the paint device. 0 is returned if it
@@ -96,12 +81,6 @@ const Q_GUI_EXPORT QX11Info *qt_x11Info(const QPaintDevice *pd)
     return 0;
 }
 
-int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric) const
-{
-    qWarning("QPaintDevice::metrics: Device has no metric information");
-    return 0;
-}
-
 
 
 #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine.cpp
index a91db26..5dc0922 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine.cpp
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ QFont QTextItem::font() const
 
 /*!
   \class QPaintEngine
-  \ingroup multimedia
+  \ingroup painting
 
   \brief The QPaintEngine class provides an abstract definition of how
   QPainter draws to a given device on a given platform.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp
index d4e988b..ef4904f 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp
@@ -1019,9 +1019,6 @@ void QRasterPaintEnginePrivate::drawImage(const QPointF &pt,
     if (alpha == 0 || !clip.isValid())
         return;
 
-    if (alpha ==0)
-        return;
-
     Q_ASSERT(img.depth() >= 8);
 
     int srcBPL = img.bytesPerLine();
@@ -2495,10 +2492,7 @@ void QRasterPaintEngine::drawImage(const QPointF &p, const QImage &img)
         const QClipData *clip = d->clip();
         QPointF pt(p.x() + s->matrix.dx(), p.y() + s->matrix.dy());
 
-        // ### TODO: remove this eventually...
-        static bool NO_BLEND_FUNC = !qgetenv("QT_NO_BLEND_FUNCTIONS").isNull();
-
-        if (s->flags.fast_images && !NO_BLEND_FUNC) {
+        if (s->flags.fast_images) {
             SrcOverBlendFunc func = qBlendFunctions[d->rasterBuffer->format][img.format()];
             if (func) {
                 if (!clip) {
@@ -2511,6 +2505,8 @@ void QRasterPaintEngine::drawImage(const QPointF &p, const QImage &img)
             }
         }
 
+
+
         d->image_filler.clip = clip;
         d->image_filler.initTexture(&img, s->intOpacity, QTextureData::Plain, img.rect());
         if (!d->image_filler.blend)
@@ -2562,14 +2558,24 @@ void QRasterPaintEngine::drawImage(const QRectF &r, const QImage &img, const QRe
     if (s->matrix.type() > QTransform::TxTranslate || stretch_sr) {
 
         if (s->flags.fast_images) {
-            SrcOverScaleFunc func = qScaleFunctions[d->rasterBuffer->format][img.format()];
-            if (func && (!clip || clip->hasRectClip)) {
-                func(d->rasterBuffer->buffer(), d->rasterBuffer->bytesPerLine(),
-                     img.bits(), img.bytesPerLine(),
-                     qt_mapRect_non_normalizing(r, s->matrix), sr,
-                     !clip ? d->deviceRect : clip->clipRect,
-                     s->intOpacity);
-                return;
+            if (s->matrix.type() > QTransform::TxScale) {
+                SrcOverTransformFunc func = qTransformFunctions[d->rasterBuffer->format][img.format()];
+                if (func && (!clip || clip->hasRectClip)) {
+                    func(d->rasterBuffer->buffer(), d->rasterBuffer->bytesPerLine(), img.bits(),
+                         img.bytesPerLine(), r, sr, !clip ? d->deviceRect : clip->clipRect,
+                         s->matrix, s->intOpacity);
+                    return;
+                }
+            } else {
+                SrcOverScaleFunc func = qScaleFunctions[d->rasterBuffer->format][img.format()];
+                if (func && (!clip || clip->hasRectClip)) {
+                    func(d->rasterBuffer->buffer(), d->rasterBuffer->bytesPerLine(),
+                         img.bits(), img.bytesPerLine(),
+                         qt_mapRect_non_normalizing(r, s->matrix), sr,
+                         !clip ? d->deviceRect : clip->clipRect,
+                         s->intOpacity);
+                    return;
+                }
             }
         }
 
@@ -4057,7 +4063,7 @@ void QRasterPaintEnginePrivate::recalculateFastImages()
 
     s->flags.fast_images = !(s->renderHints & QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform)
                            && rasterBuffer->compositionMode == QPainter::CompositionMode_SourceOver
-                           && s->matrix.type() <= QTransform::TxScale;
+                           && s->matrix.type() <= QTransform::TxShear;
 }
 
 
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp
index fe1fb06..0bca8f7 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp
@@ -924,8 +924,8 @@ void QPainterPrivate::updateState(QPainterState *newState)
     \brief The QPainter class performs low-level painting on widgets and
     other paint devices.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup painting
+
     \reentrant
 
     QPainter provides highly optimized functions to do most of the
@@ -7501,8 +7501,8 @@ void qt_format_text(const QFont &fnt, const QRectF &_r,
     QFontMetricsF fm(fnt);
     QString text = str;
     int offset = 0;
-start_lenghtVariant:
-    bool hasMoreLenghtVariants = false;
+start_lengthVariant:
+    bool hasMoreLengthVariants = false;
     // compatible behaviour to the old implementation. Replace
     // tabs by spaces
     bool has_tab = false;
@@ -7524,7 +7524,7 @@ start_lenghtVariant:
             has_tab = true;
         } else if (chr == QChar(ushort(0x9c))) {
             // string with multiple length variants
-            hasMoreLenghtVariants = true;
+            hasMoreLengthVariants = true;
             break;
         }
     }
@@ -7648,9 +7648,9 @@ start_lenghtVariant:
     }
     QRectF bounds = QRectF(r.x() + xoff, r.y() + yoff, width, height);
 
-    if (hasMoreLenghtVariants && !(tf & Qt::TextLongestVariant) && !r.contains(bounds)) {
+    if (hasMoreLengthVariants && !(tf & Qt::TextLongestVariant) && !r.contains(bounds)) {
         offset++;
-        goto start_lenghtVariant;
+        goto start_lengthVariant;
     }
     if (brect)
         *brect = bounds;
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.cpp
index 994217e..eb8b964 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.cpp
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ static void qt_debug_path(const QPainterPath &path)
 
 /*!
     \class QPainterPath
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     \brief The QPainterPath class provides a container for painting operations,
@@ -2399,7 +2399,7 @@ void qt_path_stroke_cubic_to(qfixed c1x, qfixed c1y,
 /*!
     \since 4.1
     \class QPainterPathStroker
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QPainterPathStroker class is used to generate fillable
     outlines for a given painter path.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.h b/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.h
index eb1c7d3..21894a7 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.h
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.h
@@ -301,9 +301,9 @@ inline void QPainterPath::lineTo(qreal x, qreal y)
     lineTo(QPointF(x, y));
 }
 
-inline void QPainterPath::arcTo(qreal x, qreal y, qreal w, qreal h, qreal startAngle, qreal arcLenght)
+inline void QPainterPath::arcTo(qreal x, qreal y, qreal w, qreal h, qreal startAngle, qreal arcLength)
 {
-    arcTo(QRectF(x, y, w, h), startAngle, arcLenght);
+    arcTo(QRectF(x, y, w, h), startAngle, arcLength);
 }
 
 inline void QPainterPath::arcMoveTo(qreal x, qreal y, qreal w, qreal h, qreal angle)
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
index 3f5643e..478a2a8 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ QByteArray QPdf::generatePath(const QPainterPath &path, const QTransform &matrix
 
     Qt::FillRule fillRule = path.fillRule();
 
-    const char *op = 0;
+    const char *op = "";
     switch (flags) {
     case ClipPath:
         op = (fillRule == Qt::WindingFill) ? "W n\n" : "W* n\n";
@@ -1471,10 +1471,10 @@ void QPdfBaseEngine::setProperty(PrintEnginePropertyKey key, const QVariant &val
     {
         QList<QVariant> margins(value.toList());
         Q_ASSERT(margins.size() == 4);
-        d->leftMargin = margins.at(0).toDouble();
-        d->topMargin = margins.at(1).toDouble();
-        d->rightMargin = margins.at(2).toDouble();
-        d->bottomMargin = margins.at(3).toDouble();
+        d->leftMargin = margins.at(0).toReal();
+        d->topMargin = margins.at(1).toReal();
+        d->rightMargin = margins.at(2).toReal();
+        d->bottomMargin = margins.at(3).toReal();
         d->hasCustomPageMargins = true;
         break;
     }
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ QVariant QPdfBaseEngine::property(PrintEnginePropertyKey key) const
             margins << d->leftMargin << d->topMargin
                     << d->rightMargin << d->bottomMargin;
         } else {
-            const int defaultMargin = 10; // ~3.5 mm
+            const qreal defaultMargin = 10; // ~3.5 mm
             margins << defaultMargin << defaultMargin
                     << defaultMargin << defaultMargin;
         }
@@ -1773,6 +1773,9 @@ bool QPdfBaseEnginePrivate::openPrintDevice()
                 (void)execv("/bin/lpr", lprargs);
                 (void)execv("/usr/bin/lp", lpargs);
                 (void)execv("/usr/bin/lpr", lprargs);
+
+                delete []lpargs;
+                delete []lprargs;
             }
             // if we couldn't exec anything, close the fd,
             // wait for a second so the parent process (the
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpen.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpen.cpp
index 047fd9b..51929a2 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpen.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpen.cpp
@@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ typedef QPenPrivate QPenData;
 
 /*!
     \class QPen
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     \brief The QPen class defines how a QPainter should draw lines and outlines
     of shapes.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpolygon.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpolygon.cpp
index 87a9848..044b2c5 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpolygon.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpolygon.cpp
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ static void qt_polygon_isect_line(const QPointF &p1, const QPointF &p2, const QP
 
     \reentrant
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     A QPolygon object is a QVector<QPoint>.  The easiest way to add
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QPolygon &a)
     floating point precision.
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     A QPolygonF is a QVector<QPointF>. The easiest way to add points
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qprintengine_win.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qprintengine_win.cpp
index 7ac3224..21c0873 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qprintengine_win.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qprintengine_win.cpp
@@ -1360,10 +1360,10 @@ void QWin32PrintEngine::setProperty(PrintEnginePropertyKey key, const QVariant &
         Q_ASSERT(margins.size() == 4);
         int left, top, right, bottom;
         // specified in 1/100 mm
-        left = (margins.at(0).toDouble()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
-        top = (margins.at(1).toDouble()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
-        right = (margins.at(2).toDouble()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
-        bottom = (margins.at(3).toDouble()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
+        left = (margins.at(0).toReal()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
+        top = (margins.at(1).toReal()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
+        right = (margins.at(2).toReal()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
+        bottom = (margins.at(3).toReal()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
         d->setPageMargins(left, top, right, bottom);
         break;
     }
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp
index 326b7b0..df33034 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp
@@ -268,8 +268,8 @@ void QPrinterPrivate::addToManualSetList(QPrintEngine::PrintEnginePropertyKey ke
 
   \brief The QPrinter class is a paint device that paints on a printer.
 
-  \ingroup multimedia
-  \mainclass
+  \ingroup printing
+
 
   This device represents a series of pages of printed output, and is
   used in almost exactly the same way as other paint devices such as
@@ -1664,10 +1664,10 @@ void QPrinter::getPageMargins(qreal *left, qreal *top, qreal *right, qreal *bott
     Q_ASSERT(left && top && right && bottom);
     const qreal multiplier = qt_multiplierForUnit(unit, resolution());
     QList<QVariant> margins(d->printEngine->property(QPrintEngine::PPK_PageMargins).toList());
-    *left = margins.at(0).toDouble() / multiplier;
-    *top = margins.at(1).toDouble() / multiplier;
-    *right = margins.at(2).toDouble() / multiplier;
-    *bottom = margins.at(3).toDouble() / multiplier;
+    *left = margins.at(0).toReal() / multiplier;
+    *top = margins.at(1).toReal() / multiplier;
+    *right = margins.at(2).toReal() / multiplier;
+    *bottom = margins.at(3).toReal() / multiplier;
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -2203,7 +2203,7 @@ bool QPrinter::isOptionEnabled( PrinterOption option ) const
     \class QPrintEngine
     \reentrant
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup printing
 
     \brief The QPrintEngine class defines an interface for how QPrinter
     interacts with a given printing subsystem.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qprinterinfo.qdoc b/src/gui/painting/qprinterinfo.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3cbe96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qprinterinfo.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QPrinterInfo
+
+    \brief The QPrinterInfo class gives access to information about
+    existing printers.
+    
+    \ingroup printing
+
+    Use the static functions to generate a list of QPrinterInfo
+    objects. Each QPrinterInfo object in the list represents a single
+    printer and can be queried for name, supported paper sizes, and
+    whether or not it is the default printer.
+
+    \since 4.4
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QPrinterInfo> QPrinterInfo::availablePrinters()
+
+    Returns a list of available printers on the system.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinterInfo QPrinterInfo::defaultPrinter()
+
+    Returns the default printer on the system.
+
+    The return value should be checked using isNull() before being
+    used, in case there is no default printer.
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinterInfo::QPrinterInfo()
+
+    Constructs an empty QPrinterInfo object.
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinterInfo::QPrinterInfo(const QPrinterInfo& src)
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a src.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinterInfo::QPrinterInfo(const QPrinter& printer)
+
+    Constructs a QPrinterInfo object from \a printer.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinterInfo::~QPrinterInfo()
+
+    Destroys the QPrinterInfo object. References to the values in the
+    object become invalid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinterInfo& QPrinterInfo::operator=(const QPrinterInfo& src)
+
+    Sets the QPrinterInfo object to be equal to \a src.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QPrinterInfo::printerName() const
+
+    Returns the name of the printer.
+
+    \sa QPrinter::setPrinterName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPrinterInfo::isNull() const
+
+    Returns whether this QPrinterInfo object holds a printer definition.
+
+    An empty QPrinterInfo object could result for example from calling
+    defaultPrinter() when there are no printers on the system.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPrinterInfo::isDefault() const
+
+    Returns whether this printer is the default printer.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList< QPrinter::PaperSize> QPrinterInfo::supportedPaperSizes() const
+    \since 4.4
+
+    Returns a list of supported paper sizes by the printer.
+
+    Not all printer drivers support this query, so the list may be empty.
+    On Mac OS X 10.3, this function always returns an empty list.
+*/
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp
index dd684db..0db700a 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QRegion
     \brief The QRegion class specifies a clip region for a painter.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     QRegion is used with QPainter::setClipRegion() to limit the paint
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qstylepainter.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qstylepainter.cpp
index 959caa9..93512d0 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qstylepainter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qstylepainter.cpp
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     elements inside a widget.
 
     \ingroup appearance
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     QStylePainter extends QPainter with a set of high-level \c
     draw...() functions implemented on top of QStyle's API. The
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp
index 8832a3d..859767b 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QTransform
     \brief The QTransform class specifies 2D transformations of a coordinate system.
     \since 4.3
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     A transformation specifies how to translate, scale, shear, rotate
     or project the coordinate system, and is typically used when
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qcleanlooksstyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qcleanlooksstyle.cpp
index fa6aeb2..0a82c9c 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qcleanlooksstyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qcleanlooksstyle.cpp
@@ -84,14 +84,9 @@ enum Direction {
 
 // from windows style
 static const int windowsItemFrame        =  2; // menu item frame width
-static const int windowsSepHeight        =  6; // separator item height
 static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  3; // menu item hor text margin
 static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  8; // menu item ver text margin
-static const int windowsArrowHMargin     =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
-static const int windowsTabSpacing       = 12; // space between text and tab
-static const int windowsCheckMarkHMargin =  2; // horiz. margins of check mark
 static const int windowsRightBorder      = 15; // right border on windows
-static const int windowsCheckMarkWidth   = 12; // checkmarks width on windows
 
 /* XPM */
 static const char * const dock_widget_close_xpm[] = {
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp
index ff50d81..d1bed3e 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp
@@ -5198,8 +5198,7 @@ int QCommonStyle::styleHint(StyleHint sh, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget
         ret = Qt::ToolButtonIconOnly;
 #ifdef Q_WS_X11
         {
-            Q_D(const QCommonStyle);
-            static int buttonStyle = d->lookupToolButtonStyle();
+            static int buttonStyle = d_func()->lookupToolButtonStyle();
             return buttonStyle;
         }
 #endif
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle.qdoc b/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..171ddb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QMacStyle
+    \brief The QMacStyle class provides a Mac OS X style using the Apple Appearance Manager.
+
+    \ingroup appearance
+
+    This class is implemented as a wrapper to the HITheme
+    APIs, allowing applications to be styled according to the current
+    theme in use on Mac OS X. This is done by having primitives
+    in QStyle implemented in terms of what Mac OS X would normally theme.
+
+    \warning This style is only available on Mac OS X because it relies on the
+    HITheme APIs.
+
+    There are additional issues that should be taken
+    into consideration to make an application compatible with the
+    \link http://developer.apple.com/documentation/UserExperience/Conceptual/OSXHIGuidelines/index.html
+    Apple Human Interface Guidelines \endlink. Some of these issues are outlined
+    below.
+
+    \list
+
+    \i Layout - The restrictions on window layout are such that some
+    aspects of layout that are style-dependent cannot be achieved
+    using QLayout. Changes are being considered (and feedback would be
+    appreciated) to make layouts QStyle-able. Some of the restrictions
+    involve horizontal and vertical widget alignment and widget size
+    (covered below).
+
+    \i Widget size - Mac OS X allows widgets to have specific fixed sizes.  Qt
+    does not fully implement this behavior so as to maintain cross-platform
+    compatibility. As a result some widgets sizes may be inappropriate (and
+    subsequently not rendered correctly by the HITheme APIs).The
+    QWidget::sizeHint() will return the appropriate size for many
+    managed widgets (widgets enumerated in \l QStyle::ContentsType).
+
+    \i Effects - QMacStyle uses HITheme for performing most of the drawing, but
+    also uses emulation in a few cases where HITheme does not provide the
+    required functionality (for example, tab bars on Panther, the toolbar
+    separator, etc). We tried to make the emulation as close to the original as
+    possible. Please report any issues you see in effects or non-standard
+    widgets.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    There are other issues that need to be considered in the feel of
+    your application (including the general color scheme to match the
+    Aqua colors). The Guidelines mentioned above will remain current
+    with new advances and design suggestions for Mac OS X.
+
+    Note that the functions provided by QMacStyle are
+    reimplementations of QStyle functions; see QStyle for their
+    documentation.
+
+    \img qmacstyle.png
+    \sa QWindowsXPStyle, QWindowsStyle, QPlastiqueStyle, QCDEStyle, QMotifStyle
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QMacStyle::WidgetSizePolicy
+
+    \value SizeSmall
+    \value SizeLarge
+    \value SizeMini
+    \value SizeDefault
+    \omitvalue SizeNone
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMacStyle::QMacStyle()
+    Constructs a QMacStyle object.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMacStyle::~QMacStyle()
+    Destructs a QMacStyle object.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::polish(QPalette &pal)
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::polish(QApplication *)
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::unpolish(QApplication *)
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::polish(QWidget* w)
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::unpolish(QWidget* w)
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QMacStyle::pixelMetric(PixelMetric metric, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QPalette QMacStyle::standardPalette() const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QMacStyle::styleHint(StyleHint sh, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *w, QStyleHintReturn *hret) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QPixmap QMacStyle::generatedIconPixmap(QIcon::Mode iconMode, const QPixmap &pixmap, const QStyleOption *opt) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QPixmap QMacStyle::standardPixmap(StandardPixmap standardPixmap, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy
+
+    This type is used to signify a widget's focus rectangle policy.
+
+    \value FocusEnabled  show a focus rectangle when the widget has focus.
+    \value FocusDisabled  never show a focus rectangle for the widget.
+    \value FocusDefault  show a focus rectangle when the widget has
+    focus and the widget is a QSpinWidget, QDateTimeEdit, QLineEdit,
+    QListBox, QListView, editable QTextEdit, or one of their
+    subclasses.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::setFocusRectPolicy(QWidget *w, FocusRectPolicy policy)
+    \obsolete
+    Sets the focus rectangle policy of \a w. The \a policy can be one of
+    \l{QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy}.
+
+    This is now simply an interface to the Qt::WA_MacShowFocusRect attribute and the
+    FocusDefault value does nothing anymore. If you want to set a widget back
+    to its default value, you must save the old value of the attribute before
+    you change it.
+
+    \sa focusRectPolicy() QWidget::setAttribute()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy QMacStyle::focusRectPolicy(const QWidget *w)
+    \obsolete
+    Returns the focus rectangle policy for the widget \a w.
+
+    The focus rectangle policy can be one of \l{QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy}.
+
+    In 4.3 and up this function will simply test for the
+    Qt::WA_MacShowFocusRect attribute and will never return
+    QMacStyle::FocusDefault.
+
+    \sa setFocusRectPolicy(), QWidget::testAttribute()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::setWidgetSizePolicy(const QWidget *widget, WidgetSizePolicy policy)
+
+    \obsolete
+
+    Call QWidget::setAttribute() with Qt::WA_MacMiniSize, Qt::WA_MacSmallSize,
+    or Qt::WA_MacNormalSize instead.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMacStyle::WidgetSizePolicy QMacStyle::widgetSizePolicy(const QWidget *widget)
+    \obsolete
+
+    Call QWidget::testAttribute() with Qt::WA_MacMiniSize, Qt::WA_MacSmallSize,
+    or Qt::WA_MacNormalSize instead.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::drawPrimitive(PrimitiveElement pe, const QStyleOption *opt, QPainter *p, const QWidget *w) const
+
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::drawControl(ControlElement ce, const QStyleOption *opt, QPainter *p, const QWidget *w) const
+
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QRect QMacStyle::subElementRect(SubElement sr, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *widget) const
+
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::drawComplexControl(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComplex *opt, QPainter *p, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QStyle::SubControl QMacStyle::hitTestComplexControl(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComplex *opt, const QPoint &pt, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QRect QMacStyle::subControlRect(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComplex *opt, SubControl sc, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSize QMacStyle::sizeFromContents(ContentsType ct, const QStyleOption *opt, const QSize &csz, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::drawItemText(QPainter *p, const QRect &r, int flags, const QPalette &pal, bool enabled, const QString &text, QPalette::ColorRole textRole) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QMacStyle::event(QEvent *e)
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QIcon QMacStyle::standardIconImplementation(StandardPixmap standardIcon, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QMacStyle::layoutSpacingImplementation(QSizePolicy::ControlType control1, QSizePolicy::ControlType control2, Qt::Orientation orientation, const QStyleOption *option, const QWidget *widget) const
+
+  \internal
+*/
+
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm b/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm
index 8736769..08b6ad8 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm
@@ -4635,12 +4635,12 @@ void QMacStyle::drawComplexControl(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComplex
             // no longer possible to move it, second the up/down buttons are removed when
             // there is not enough space for them.
             if (cc == CC_ScrollBar) {
-                const int scrollBarLenght = (slider->orientation == Qt::Horizontal)
+                const int scrollBarLength = (slider->orientation == Qt::Horizontal)
                     ? slider->rect.width() : slider->rect.height();
                 const QMacStyle::WidgetSizePolicy sizePolicy = widgetSizePolicy(widget);
-                if (scrollBarLenght < scrollButtonsCutoffSize(thumbIndicatorCutoff, sizePolicy))
+                if (scrollBarLength < scrollButtonsCutoffSize(thumbIndicatorCutoff, sizePolicy))
                     tdi.attributes &= ~kThemeTrackShowThumb;
-                if (scrollBarLenght < scrollButtonsCutoffSize(scrollButtonsCutoff, sizePolicy))
+                if (scrollBarLength < scrollButtonsCutoffSize(scrollButtonsCutoff, sizePolicy))
                     tdi.enableState = kThemeTrackNothingToScroll;
             }
 
@@ -5109,9 +5109,9 @@ QStyle::SubControl QMacStyle::hitTestComplexControl(ComplexControl cc,
 
             // The arrow buttons are not drawn if the scroll bar is to short,
             // exclude them from the hit test.
-            const int scrollBarLenght = (sb->orientation == Qt::Horizontal)
+            const int scrollBarLength = (sb->orientation == Qt::Horizontal)
                 ? sb->rect.width() : sb->rect.height();
-            if (scrollBarLenght < scrollButtonsCutoffSize(scrollButtonsCutoff, widgetSizePolicy(widget)))
+            if (scrollBarLength < scrollButtonsCutoffSize(scrollButtonsCutoff, widgetSizePolicy(widget)))
                 sbi.enableState = kThemeTrackNothingToScroll;
 
             sbi.viewsize = sb->pageStep;
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qplastiquestyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qplastiquestyle.cpp
index 89d4ca5..04559dc 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qplastiquestyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qplastiquestyle.cpp
@@ -98,7 +98,6 @@ static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  3; // menu item hor text margin
 static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  2; // menu item ver text margin
 static const int windowsArrowHMargin     =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
 static const int windowsTabSpacing       = 12; // space between text and tab
-static const int windowsCheckMarkHMargin =  2; // horiz. margins of check mark
 static const int windowsRightBorder      = 15; // right border on windows
 static const int windowsCheckMarkWidth   = 12; // checkmarks width on windows
 
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qs60style.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qs60style.cpp
index 50eb2e1..0efc5b4 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qs60style.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qs60style.cpp
@@ -1636,7 +1636,9 @@ void QS60Style::drawControl(ControlElement element, const QStyleOption *option,
 
             if (optionProgressBar->minimum == optionProgressBar->maximum && optionProgressBar->minimum == 0) {
                 // busy indicator
-                QS60StylePrivate::drawSkinPart(QS60StyleEnums::SP_QgnGrafBarWait, painter, progressRect,flags);
+                const QS60StylePrivate::SkinElementFlag orientationFlag = optionProgressBar->orientation == Qt::Horizontal ?
+                    QS60StylePrivate::SF_PointNorth : QS60StylePrivate::SF_PointWest;
+                QS60StylePrivate::drawSkinPart(QS60StyleEnums::SP_QgnGrafBarWait, painter, progressRect, flags | orientationFlag);
             } else {
                 const qreal progressFactor = (optionProgressBar->minimum == optionProgressBar->maximum) ? 1.0
                     : (qreal)optionProgressBar->progress / optionProgressBar->maximum;
@@ -1871,6 +1873,8 @@ void QS60Style::drawControl(ControlElement element, const QStyleOption *option,
                 //todo: update to horizontal table graphic
                 QS60StylePrivate::drawSkinElement(QS60StylePrivate::SE_TableHeaderItem, painter, option->rect, flags | QS60StylePrivate::SF_PointWest);
             }
+        } else if (qobject_cast<const QFrame *>(widget)) { 
+            QCommonStyle::drawControl(element, option, painter, widget); 
         }
         if (option->state & State_HasFocus)
             drawPrimitive(PE_FrameFocusRect, option, painter, widget);
@@ -2783,7 +2787,7 @@ QIcon QS60Style::standardIconImplementation(StandardPixmap standardIcon,
     QS60StyleEnums::SkinParts part;
     QS60StylePrivate::SkinElementFlags adjustedFlags;
     if (option)
-        adjustedFlags = (option->state & State_Enabled) ?
+        adjustedFlags = (option->state & State_Enabled || option->state == 0) ?
             QS60StylePrivate::SF_StateEnabled :
             QS60StylePrivate::SF_StateDisabled;
 
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp
index 38abd95..04ecbc4 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ QStyleOptionFrameV2 &QStyleOptionFrameV2::operator=(const QStyleOptionFrame &oth
     Constructs a QStyleOptionFrameV3 object.
 */
 QStyleOptionFrameV3::QStyleOptionFrameV3()
-    : QStyleOptionFrameV2(Version), frameShape(QFrame::NoFrame)
+    : QStyleOptionFrameV2(Version), frameShape(QFrame::NoFrame), unused(0)
 {
 }
 
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ QStyleOptionFrameV3::QStyleOptionFrameV3()
     \internal
 */
 QStyleOptionFrameV3::QStyleOptionFrameV3(int version)
-    : QStyleOptionFrameV2(version), frameShape(QFrame::NoFrame)
+    : QStyleOptionFrameV2(version), frameShape(QFrame::NoFrame), unused(0)
 {
 }
 
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ QStyleOptionViewItemV2 &QStyleOptionViewItemV2::operator=(const QStyleOptionView
     Constructs a QStyleOptionViewItemV3 object.
 */
 QStyleOptionViewItemV3::QStyleOptionViewItemV3()
-    : QStyleOptionViewItemV2(Version)
+    : QStyleOptionViewItemV2(Version), widget(0)
 {
 }
 
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ QStyleOptionViewItemV3::QStyleOptionViewItemV3()
     Constructs a copy of \a other.
 */
 QStyleOptionViewItemV3::QStyleOptionViewItemV3(const QStyleOptionViewItem &other)
-    : QStyleOptionViewItemV2(Version)
+    : QStyleOptionViewItemV2(Version), widget(0)
 {
     (void)QStyleOptionViewItemV3::operator=(other);
 }
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ QStyleOptionViewItemV3 &QStyleOptionViewItemV3::operator = (const QStyleOptionVi
     \internal
 */
 QStyleOptionViewItemV3::QStyleOptionViewItemV3(int version)
-    : QStyleOptionViewItemV2(version)
+    : QStyleOptionViewItemV2(version), widget(0)
 {
 }
 
@@ -4845,7 +4845,7 @@ QStyleOptionTabBarBaseV2 &QStyleOptionTabBarBaseV2::operator = (const QStyleOpti
 
 /*! \internal */
 QStyleOptionTabBarBaseV2::QStyleOptionTabBarBaseV2(int version)
-    : QStyleOptionTabBarBase(version)
+    : QStyleOptionTabBarBase(version), documentMode(false)
 {
 }
 
@@ -4937,7 +4937,7 @@ QStyleOptionSizeGrip::QStyleOptionSizeGrip(int version)
     \brief The QStyleOptionGraphicsItem class is used to describe
     the parameters needed to draw a QGraphicsItem.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     For performance reasons, the access to the member variables is
     direct (i.e., using the \c . or \c -> operator). This low-level feel
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qwindowscestyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qwindowscestyle.cpp
index 49a1254..531b07e 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qwindowscestyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qwindowscestyle.cpp
@@ -56,7 +56,6 @@
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 static const int windowsItemFrame        =  2; // menu item frame width
-static const int windowsSepHeight        =  9; // separator item height
 static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  3; // menu item hor text margin
 static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  2; // menu item ver text margin
 static const int windowsArrowHMargin	 =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp
index cad7463..414fc6f 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp
@@ -83,11 +83,6 @@ extern bool qt_wince_is_windows_mobile_65(); //defined in qguifunctions_wince.cp
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 static const int windowsItemFrame        =  1; // menu item frame width
-static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  2; // menu item hor text margin
-static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  2; // menu item ver text margin
-static const int windowsArrowHMargin	 =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
-static const int windowsRightBorder      = 15; // right border on windows
-static const int windowsCheckMarkWidth   = 14; // checkmarks width on windows
 
 static const int windowsMobileitemViewCheckBoxSize   = 13;
 static const int windowsMobileFrameGroupBoxOffset    = 9;
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp
index b03653c..e558844 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp
@@ -121,9 +121,6 @@ static const int windowsSepHeight        =  9; // separator item height
 static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  3; // menu item hor text margin
 static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  2; // menu item ver text margin
 static const int windowsArrowHMargin     =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
-static const int windowsTabSpacing       = 12; // space between text and tab
-// Save some space and avoid warning.
-//static const int windowsCheckMarkHMargin =  2; // horiz. margins of check mark
 static const int windowsRightBorder      = 15; // right border on windows
 static const int windowsCheckMarkWidth   = 12; // checkmarks width on windows
 
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsxpstyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsxpstyle.cpp
index 5da1e4e..191b71e 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsxpstyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsxpstyle.cpp
@@ -125,11 +125,9 @@ static PtrIsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent pIsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTrans
 
 // General const values
 static const int windowsItemFrame        =  2; // menu item frame width
-static const int windowsSepHeight        =  9; // separator item height
 static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  3; // menu item hor text margin
 static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  0; // menu item ver text margin
 static const int windowsArrowHMargin     =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
-static const int windowsCheckMarkHMargin =  0; // horiz. margins of check mark
 static const int windowsRightBorder      = 12; // right border on windows
 
 // External function calls
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/styles.pri b/src/gui/styles/styles.pri
index 277be76..70ac6cb 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/styles.pri
+++ b/src/gui/styles/styles.pri
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ x11|embedded|!macx-*:styles -= mac
 
 x11{
     QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += $$QT_CFLAGS_QGTKSTYLE
-    LIBS += $$QT_LIBS_QGTKSTYLE
+    LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QT_LIBS_QGTKSTYLE
     styles += gtk
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp b/src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp
index 8b21c8f..f2ddeb6 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QAbstractTextDocumentLayout class is an abstract base
     class used to implement custom layouts for QTextDocuments.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     The standard layout provided by Qt can handle simple word processing
     including inline images, lists and tables.
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp b/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
index 7f9cd9d..fcc26d6 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
@@ -383,10 +383,7 @@ LengthData ValueExtractor::lengthValue(const Value& v)
     if (data.unit != LengthData::None)
         s.chop(2);
 
-    bool ok;
-    data.number = s.toDouble(&ok);
-    if (!ok)
-        data.number = 0;
+    data.number = s.toDouble();
     return data;
 }
 
@@ -712,7 +709,7 @@ static ColorData parseColorValue(Value v)
 
     for (int i = 0; i < qMin(colorDigits.count(), 7); i += 2) {
         if (colorDigits.at(i).type == Value::Percentage) {
-            colorDigits[i].variant = colorDigits.at(i).variant.toDouble() * 255. / 100.;
+            colorDigits[i].variant = colorDigits.at(i).variant.toReal() * (255. / 100.);
             colorDigits[i].type = Value::Number;
         } else if (colorDigits.at(i).type != Value::Number) {
             return ColorData();
@@ -789,19 +786,19 @@ static BrushData parseBrushValue(const Value &v, const QPalette &pal)
             ColorData cd = parseColorValue(color);
             if(cd.type == ColorData::Role)
                 dependsOnThePalette = true;
-            stops.append(QGradientStop(stop.variant.toDouble(), colorFromData(cd, pal)));
+            stops.append(QGradientStop(stop.variant.toReal(), colorFromData(cd, pal)));
         } else {
             parser.next();
             Value value;
-            parser.parseTerm(&value);
+            (void)parser.parseTerm(&value);
             if (attr.compare(QLatin1String("spread"), Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0) {
                 spread = spreads.indexOf(value.variant.toString());
             } else {
-                vars[attr] = value.variant.toString().toDouble();
+                vars[attr] = value.variant.toReal();
             }
         }
         parser.skipSpace();
-        parser.test(COMMA);
+        (void)parser.test(COMMA);
     }
 
     if (gradType == 0) {
@@ -1080,8 +1077,8 @@ static bool setFontSizeFromValue(Value value, QFont *font, int *fontSizeAdjustme
     if (s.endsWith(QLatin1String("pt"), Qt::CaseInsensitive)) {
         s.chop(2);
         value.variant = s;
-        if (value.variant.convert(QVariant::Double)) {
-            font->setPointSizeF(value.variant.toDouble());
+        if (value.variant.convert((QVariant::Type)qMetaTypeId<qreal>())) {
+            font->setPointSizeF(value.variant.toReal());
             valid = true;
         }
     } else if (s.endsWith(QLatin1String("px"), Qt::CaseInsensitive)) {
@@ -2462,7 +2459,7 @@ bool Parser::parseAttrib(AttributeSelector *attr)
 
 bool Parser::parsePseudo(Pseudo *pseudo)
 {
-    test(COLON);
+    (void)test(COLON);
     pseudo->negated = test(EXCLAMATION_SYM);
     if (test(IDENT)) {
         pseudo->name = lexem();
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h b/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h
index 2d21bc2..6f73445 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h
@@ -368,18 +368,18 @@ struct Q_GUI_EXPORT Value
 };
 
 struct ColorData {
-    ColorData() : type(Invalid) {}
-    ColorData(const QColor &col) : color(col) , type(Color) {}
-    ColorData(QPalette::ColorRole r) : role(r) , type(Role) {}
+    ColorData() : role(QPalette::NoRole), type(Invalid) {}
+    ColorData(const QColor &col) : color(col), role(QPalette::NoRole), type(Color) {}
+    ColorData(QPalette::ColorRole r) : role(r), type(Role) {}
     QColor color;
     QPalette::ColorRole role;
     enum { Invalid, Color, Role} type;
 };
 
 struct BrushData {
-    BrushData() : type(Invalid) {}
-    BrushData(const QBrush &br) : brush(br) , type(Brush) {}
-    BrushData(QPalette::ColorRole r) : role(r) , type(Role) {}
+    BrushData() : role(QPalette::NoRole), type(Invalid) {}
+    BrushData(const QBrush &br) : brush(br), role(QPalette::NoRole), type(Brush) {}
+    BrushData(QPalette::ColorRole r) : role(r), type(Role) {}
     QBrush brush;
     QPalette::ColorRole role;
     enum { Invalid, Brush, Role, DependsOnThePalette } type;
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ const int NumPseudos = 46;
 
 struct Pseudo
 {
-    Pseudo() : negated(false) { }
+    Pseudo() : type(0), negated(false) { }
     quint64 type;
     QString name;
     QString function;
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ enum TokenType {
 
 struct Q_GUI_EXPORT Symbol
 {
-    inline Symbol() : start(0), len(-1) {}
+    inline Symbol() : token(NONE), start(0), len(-1) {}
     TokenType token;
     QString text;
     int start, len;
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfont.cpp b/src/gui/text/qfont.cpp
index af382cb..96905d0 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qfont.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qfont.cpp
@@ -415,11 +415,11 @@ QFontEngineData::~QFontEngineData()
 
     \brief The QFont class specifies a font used for drawing text.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
+
 
     When you create a QFont object you specify various attributes that
     you want the font to have. Qt will use the font with the specified
@@ -2276,9 +2276,8 @@ QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &s, QFont &font)
 
     \brief The QFontInfo class provides general information about fonts.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
 
     The QFontInfo class provides the same access functions as QFont,
     e.g. family(), pointSize(), italic(), weight(), fixedPitch(),
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase.cpp b/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase.cpp
index 1f9e8d7..a8513ce 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase.cpp
@@ -1461,9 +1461,7 @@ QString QFontDatabase::styleString(const QFontInfo &fontInfo)
 
     \brief The QFontDatabase class provides information about the fonts available in the underlying window system.
 
-    \ingroup environment
-    \ingroup multimedia
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup appearance
 
     The most common uses of this class are to query the database for
     the list of font families() and for the pointSizes() and styles()
@@ -2602,7 +2600,7 @@ QStringList QFontDatabase::applicationFontFamilies(int id)
     means that all QPainter::drawText() calls outside the GUI thread
     will not produce readable output.
 
-    \sa threads.html#painting-in-threads
+    \sa {Thread-Support in Qt Modules#Painting In Threads}{Painting In Threads}
 */
 
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp b/src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp
index 5b47772..c828c9e 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp
@@ -75,9 +75,8 @@ extern int qt_defaultDpi();
 
     \brief The QFontMetrics class provides font metrics information.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
 
     QFontMetrics functions calculate the size of characters and
     strings for a given font. There are three ways you can create a
@@ -859,24 +858,23 @@ QRect QFontMetrics::tightBoundingRect(const QString &text) const
     right-to-left layouts, and on the left side for right-to-left
     layouts. Note that this behavior is independent of the text
     language.
-
 */
-QString QFontMetrics::elidedText(const QString &_text, Qt::TextElideMode mode, int width, int flags) const
+QString QFontMetrics::elidedText(const QString &text, Qt::TextElideMode mode, int width, int flags) const
 {
-    QString text = _text;
+    QString _text = text;
     if (!(flags & Qt::TextLongestVariant)) {
         int posA = 0;
-        int posB = text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('\x9c'));
+        int posB = _text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('\x9c'));
         while (posB >= 0) {
-            QString portion = text.mid(posA, posB - posA);
+            QString portion = _text.mid(posA, posB - posA);
             if (size(flags, portion).width() <= width)
                 return portion;
             posA = posB + 1;
-            posB = text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('\x9c'), posA);
+            posB = _text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('\x9c'), posA);
         }
-        text = text.mid(posA);
+        _text = _text.mid(posA);
     }
-    QStackTextEngine engine(text, QFont(d));
+    QStackTextEngine engine(_text, QFont(d));
     return engine.elidedText(mode, width, flags);
 }
 
@@ -942,9 +940,8 @@ int QFontMetrics::lineWidth() const
 
     \brief The QFontMetricsF class provides font metrics information.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
 
     QFontMetricsF functions calculate the size of characters and
     strings for a given font. You can construct a QFontMetricsF object
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp b/src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp
index 5c54500..cdb30ef 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ void QSyntaxHighlighterPrivate::reformatBlock(QTextBlock block)
 
     \since 4.1
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     The QSyntaxHighlighter class is a base class for implementing
     QTextEdit syntax highlighters.  A syntax highligher automatically
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp
index 384e283..da09ee1 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp
@@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ void QTextControl::print(QPrinter *printer) const
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_PRINTER
     Q_D(const QTextControl);
-    if (printer && !printer->isValid())
+    if (!printer || !printer->isValid())
         return;
     QTextDocument *tempDoc = 0;
     const QTextDocument *doc = d->doc;
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp
index 6ab89dc..88ab9d0 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp
@@ -84,8 +84,7 @@ QTextCursorPrivate::QTextCursorPrivate(const QTextCursorPrivate &rhs)
 
 QTextCursorPrivate::~QTextCursorPrivate()
 {
-    if (priv)
-        priv->removeCursor(this);
+    priv->removeCursor(this);
 }
 
 QTextCursorPrivate::AdjustResult QTextCursorPrivate::adjustPosition(int positionOfChange, int charsAddedOrRemoved, QTextUndoCommand::Operation op)
@@ -125,7 +124,7 @@ QTextCursorPrivate::AdjustResult QTextCursorPrivate::adjustPosition(int position
 
 void QTextCursorPrivate::setX()
 {
-    if (priv && priv->isInEditBlock()) {
+    if (priv->isInEditBlock()) {
         x = -1; // mark dirty
         return;
     }
@@ -855,9 +854,9 @@ QTextLayout *QTextCursorPrivate::blockLayout(QTextBlock &block) const{
 
     \brief The QTextCursor class offers an API to access and modify QTextDocuments.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Text cursors are objects that are used to access and modify the contents
     and underlying structure of text documents via a programming interface
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp
index 6fa3e90..bfed368 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp
@@ -247,8 +247,8 @@ QTextCodec *Qt::codecForHtml(const QByteArray &ba)
     \brief The QTextDocument class holds formatted text that can be
     viewed and edited using a QTextEdit.
 
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
+
 
     QTextDocument is a container for structured rich text documents, providing
     support for styled text and various types of document elements, such as
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentfragment.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentfragment.cpp
index da7025c..953e965 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentfragment.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentfragment.cpp
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ void QTextDocumentFragmentPrivate::insert(QTextCursor &_cursor) const
     \brief The QTextDocumentFragment class represents a piece of formatted text
     from a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
     \ingroup shared
 
     A QTextDocumentFragment is a fragment of rich text, that can be inserted into
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp
index cfec8e9..a795c1f 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp
@@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ public:
         if (v.isNull()) {
             return cellPadding;
         } else {
-            Q_ASSERT(v.type() == QVariant::Double);
-            return QFixed::fromReal(v.toDouble() * deviceScale);
+            Q_ASSERT(v.userType() == QVariant::Double || v.userType() == QMetaType::Float);
+            return QFixed::fromReal(v.toReal() * deviceScale);
         }
     }
 
@@ -2601,13 +2601,13 @@ void QTextDocumentLayoutPrivate::layoutBlock(const QTextBlock &bl, int blockPosi
                 // float has been added in the meantime, redo
                 layoutStruct->pendingFloats.clear();
 
-                if (haveWordOrAnyWrapMode) {
-                    option.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WrapAnywhere);
-                    tl->setTextOption(option);
-                }
-
                 line.setLineWidth((right-left).toReal());
                 if (QFixed::fromReal(line.naturalTextWidth()) > right-left) {
+                    if (haveWordOrAnyWrapMode) {
+                        option.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WrapAnywhere);
+                        tl->setTextOption(option);
+                    }
+
                     layoutStruct->pendingFloats.clear();
                     // lines min width more than what we have
                     layoutStruct->y = findY(layoutStruct->y, layoutStruct, QFixed::fromReal(line.naturalTextWidth()));
@@ -2619,12 +2619,13 @@ void QTextDocumentLayoutPrivate::layoutBlock(const QTextBlock &bl, int blockPosi
                     else
                         right -= text_indent;
                     line.setLineWidth(qMax<qreal>(line.naturalTextWidth(), (right-left).toReal()));
-                }
 
-                if (haveWordOrAnyWrapMode) {
-                    option.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WordWrap);
-                    tl->setTextOption(option);
+                    if (haveWordOrAnyWrapMode) {
+                        option.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WordWrap);
+                        tl->setTextOption(option);
+                    }
                 }
+
             }
 
             QFixed lineHeight = QFixed::fromReal(line.height());
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentwriter.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentwriter.cpp
index 33a5018..bdb5247 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentwriter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentwriter.cpp
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ public:
 
     \brief The QTextDocumentWriter class provides a format-independent interface for writing a QTextDocument to files or other devices.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
     \ingroup io
 
     To write a document, construct a QTextDocumentWriter object with either a
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp
index 82c81ef..6a77fa5 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QTextLength class encapsulates the different types of length
     used in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     When we specify a value for the length of an element in a text document,
     we often need to provide some other information so that the length is
@@ -267,10 +267,11 @@ private:
 
 static uint variantHash(const QVariant &variant)
 {
-    switch (variant.type()) {
+    switch (variant.userType()) {
     case QVariant::Invalid: return 0;
     case QVariant::Bool: return variant.toBool();
     case QVariant::Int: return variant.toInt();
+    case QMetaType::Float: return static_cast<int>(variant.toFloat());
     case QVariant::Double: return static_cast<int>(variant.toDouble());
     case QVariant::String: return qHash(variant.toString());
     case QVariant::Color: return qHash(qvariant_cast<QColor>(variant).rgb());
@@ -325,7 +326,7 @@ void QTextFormatPrivate::recalcFont() const
                 f.setFamily(props.at(i).value.toString());
                 break;
             case QTextFormat::FontPointSize:
-                f.setPointSizeF(props.at(i).value.toDouble());
+                f.setPointSizeF(props.at(i).value.toReal());
                 break;
             case  QTextFormat::FontPixelSize:
                 f.setPixelSize(props.at(i).value.toInt());
@@ -352,10 +353,10 @@ void QTextFormatPrivate::recalcFont() const
                 f.setStrikeOut(props.at(i).value.toBool());
                 break;
             case QTextFormat::FontLetterSpacing:
-                f.setLetterSpacing(QFont::PercentageSpacing, props.at(i).value.toDouble());
+                f.setLetterSpacing(QFont::PercentageSpacing, props.at(i).value.toReal());
                 break;
             case QTextFormat::FontWordSpacing:
-                f.setWordSpacing(props.at(i).value.toDouble());
+                f.setWordSpacing(props.at(i).value.toReal());
                 break;
             case QTextFormat::FontCapitalization:
                 f.setCapitalization(static_cast<QFont::Capitalization> (props.at(i).value.toInt()));
@@ -414,7 +415,7 @@ Q_GUI_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &stream, QTextFormat &fmt)
     \brief The QTextFormat class provides formatting information for a
     QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
     \ingroup shared
 
     A QTextFormat is a generic class used for describing the format of
@@ -447,7 +448,7 @@ Q_GUI_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &stream, QTextFormat &fmt)
     associate the format with a QTextObject. It is used to represent
     lists, frames, and tables inside the document.
 
-    \sa {Text Processing Classes}
+    \sa {Rich Text Processing}
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -852,7 +853,7 @@ bool QTextFormat::boolProperty(int propertyId) const
     if (!d)
         return false;
     const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId);
-    if (prop.type() != QVariant::Bool)
+    if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Bool)
         return false;
     return prop.toBool();
 }
@@ -868,7 +869,7 @@ int QTextFormat::intProperty(int propertyId) const
     if (!d)
         return 0;
     const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId);
-    if (prop.type() != QVariant::Int)
+    if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Int)
         return 0;
     return prop.toInt();
 }
@@ -885,7 +886,7 @@ qreal QTextFormat::doubleProperty(int propertyId) const
     if (!d)
         return 0.;
     const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId);
-    if (prop.type() != QVariant::Double && prop.type() != QMetaType::Float)
+    if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Double && prop.userType() != QMetaType::Float)
         return 0.;
     return qVariantValue<qreal>(prop);
 }
@@ -902,7 +903,7 @@ QString QTextFormat::stringProperty(int propertyId) const
     if (!d)
         return QString();
     const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId);
-    if (prop.type() != QVariant::String)
+    if (prop.userType() != QVariant::String)
         return QString();
     return prop.toString();
 }
@@ -920,7 +921,7 @@ QColor QTextFormat::colorProperty(int propertyId) const
     if (!d)
         return QColor();
     const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId);
-    if (prop.type() != QVariant::Color)
+    if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Color)
         return QColor();
     return qvariant_cast<QColor>(prop);
 }
@@ -937,7 +938,7 @@ QPen QTextFormat::penProperty(int propertyId) const
     if (!d)
         return QPen(Qt::NoPen);
     const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId);
-    if (prop.type() != QVariant::Pen)
+    if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Pen)
         return QPen(Qt::NoPen);
     return qvariant_cast<QPen>(prop);
 }
@@ -954,7 +955,7 @@ QBrush QTextFormat::brushProperty(int propertyId) const
     if (!d)
         return QBrush(Qt::NoBrush);
     const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId);
-    if (prop.type() != QVariant::Brush)
+    if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Brush)
         return QBrush(Qt::NoBrush);
     return qvariant_cast<QBrush>(prop);
 }
@@ -984,13 +985,13 @@ QVector<QTextLength> QTextFormat::lengthVectorProperty(int propertyId) const
     if (!d)
         return vector;
     const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId);
-    if (prop.type() != QVariant::List)
+    if (prop.userType() != QVariant::List)
         return vector;
 
     QList<QVariant> propertyList = prop.toList();
     for (int i=0; i<propertyList.size(); ++i) {
         QVariant var = propertyList.at(i);
-        if (var.type() == QVariant::TextLength)
+        if (var.userType() == QVariant::TextLength)
             vector.append(qvariant_cast<QTextLength>(var));
     }
 
@@ -1078,7 +1079,7 @@ int QTextFormat::objectIndex() const
     if (!d)
         return -1;
     const QVariant prop = d->property(ObjectIndex);
-    if (prop.type() != QVariant::Int) // ####
+    if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Int) // ####
         return -1;
     return prop.toInt();
 }
@@ -1183,7 +1184,7 @@ bool QTextFormat::operator==(const QTextFormat &rhs) const
     \brief The QTextCharFormat class provides formatting information for
     characters in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     The character format of text in a document specifies the visual properties
     of the text, as well as information about its role in a hypertext document.
@@ -1654,9 +1655,9 @@ void QTextCharFormat::setUnderlineStyle(UnderlineStyle style)
 QString QTextCharFormat::anchorName() const
 {
     QVariant prop = property(AnchorName);
-    if (prop.type() == QVariant::StringList)
+    if (prop.userType() == QVariant::StringList)
         return prop.toStringList().value(0);
-    else if (prop.type() != QVariant::String)
+    else if (prop.userType() != QVariant::String)
         return QString();
     return prop.toString();
 }
@@ -1672,9 +1673,9 @@ QString QTextCharFormat::anchorName() const
 QStringList QTextCharFormat::anchorNames() const
 {
     QVariant prop = property(AnchorName);
-    if (prop.type() == QVariant::StringList)
+    if (prop.userType() == QVariant::StringList)
         return prop.toStringList();
-    else if (prop.type() != QVariant::String)
+    else if (prop.userType() != QVariant::String)
         return QStringList();
     return QStringList(prop.toString());
 }
@@ -1796,7 +1797,7 @@ QFont QTextCharFormat::font() const
     \brief The QTextBlockFormat class provides formatting information for
     blocks of text in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A document is composed of a list of blocks, represented by QTextBlock
     objects. Each block can contain an item of some kind, such as a
@@ -2087,7 +2088,7 @@ QList<QTextOption::Tab> QTextBlockFormat::tabPositions() const
     \brief The QTextListFormat class provides formatting information for
     lists in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A list is composed of one or more items, represented as text blocks.
     The list's format specifies the appearance of items in the list.
@@ -2197,7 +2198,7 @@ QTextListFormat::QTextListFormat(const QTextFormat &fmt)
     \brief The QTextFrameFormat class provides formatting information for
     frames in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A text frame groups together one or more blocks of text, providing a layer
     of structure larger than the paragraph. The format of a frame specifies
@@ -2523,7 +2524,7 @@ qreal QTextFrameFormat::rightMargin() const
     \brief The QTextTableFormat class provides formatting information for
     tables in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A table is a group of cells ordered into rows and columns. Each table
     contains at least one row and one column. Each cell contains a block.
@@ -2729,7 +2730,7 @@ QTextTableFormat::QTextTableFormat(const QTextFormat &fmt)
     \brief The QTextImageFormat class provides formatting information for
     images in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     Inline images are represented by an object replacement character
     (0xFFFC in Unicode) which has an associated QTextImageFormat. The
@@ -2998,7 +2999,7 @@ QTextTableCellFormat::QTextTableCellFormat(const QTextFormat &fmt)
     \brief The QTextTableCellFormat class provides formatting information for
     table cells in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     The table cell format of a table cell in a document specifies the visual
     properties of the table cell.
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtexthtmlparser.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtexthtmlparser.cpp
index 8910394..92b2d4e 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtexthtmlparser.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtexthtmlparser.cpp
@@ -1443,14 +1443,13 @@ static bool setFloatAttribute(qreal *destination, const QString &value)
 
 static void setWidthAttribute(QTextLength *width, QString value)
 {
-    qreal realVal;
     bool ok = false;
-    realVal = value.toDouble(&ok);
+    qreal realVal = value.toDouble(&ok);
     if (ok) {
         *width = QTextLength(QTextLength::FixedLength, realVal);
     } else {
         value = value.trimmed();
-        if (!value.isEmpty() && value.at(value.length() - 1) == QLatin1Char('%')) {
+        if (!value.isEmpty() && value.endsWith(QLatin1Char('%'))) {
             value.chop(1);
             realVal = value.toDouble(&ok);
             if (ok)
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp
index 3520ab6..fcb22e4 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ static QFixed alignLine(QTextEngine *eng, const QScriptLine &line)
     \brief The QTextInlineObject class represents an inline object in
     a QTextLayout.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     This class is only used if the text layout is used to lay out
     parts of a QTextDocument.
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Qt::LayoutDirection QTextInlineObject::textDirection() const
     \brief The QTextLayout class is used to lay out and paint a single
     paragraph of text.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     It offers most features expected from a modern text layout
     engine, including Unicode compliant rendering, line breaking and
@@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ void QTextLayout::drawCursor(QPainter *p, const QPointF &pos, int cursorPosition
 
     \brief The QTextLine class represents a line of text inside a QTextLayout.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A text line is usually created by QTextLayout::createLine().
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextlist.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextlist.cpp
index 8348c92..3e5d7b0 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextlist.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextlist.cpp
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ public:
 
     \brief The QTextList class provides a decorated list of items in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A list contains a sequence of text blocks, each of which is marked with a
     bullet point or other symbol. Multiple levels of lists can be used, and
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp
index 98c92eb..4ac0276 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QTextObject class is a base class for different kinds
     of objects that can group parts of a QTextDocument together.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     The common grouping text objects are lists (QTextList), frames
     (QTextFrame), and tables (QTextTable). A text object has an
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ QTextDocumentPrivate *QTextObject::docHandle() const
     \brief The QTextBlockGroup class provides a container for text blocks within
     a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     Block groups can be used to organize blocks of text within a document.
     They maintain an up-to-date list of the text blocks that belong to
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ QTextFrameLayoutData::~QTextFrameLayoutData()
 
     \brief The QTextFrame class represents a frame in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     Text frames provide structure for the text in a document. They are used
     as generic containers for other document elements.
@@ -412,11 +412,6 @@ QTextFrameLayoutData::~QTextFrameLayoutData()
 QTextFrame::QTextFrame(QTextDocument *doc)
     : QTextObject(*new QTextFramePrivate(doc), doc)
 {
-    Q_D(QTextFrame);
-    d->fragment_start = 0;
-    d->fragment_end = 0;
-    d->parentFrame = 0;
-    d->layoutData = 0;
 }
 
 // ### DOC: What does this do to child frames?
@@ -435,11 +430,6 @@ QTextFrame::~QTextFrame()
 QTextFrame::QTextFrame(QTextFramePrivate &p, QTextDocument *doc)
     : QTextObject(p, doc)
 {
-    Q_D(QTextFrame);
-    d->fragment_start = 0;
-    d->fragment_end = 0;
-    d->parentFrame = 0;
-    d->layoutData = 0;
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -609,7 +599,7 @@ void QTextFramePrivate::remove_me()
     \brief The iterator class provides an iterator for reading
     the contents of a QTextFrame.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A frame consists of an arbitrary sequence of \l{QTextBlock}s and
     child \l{QTextFrame}s. This class provides a way to iterate over the
@@ -809,7 +799,7 @@ QTextFrame::iterator &QTextFrame::iterator::operator--()
     \brief The QTextBlockUserData class is used to associate custom data with blocks of text.
     \since 4.1
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     QTextBlockUserData provides an abstract interface for container classes that are used
     to associate application-specific user data with text blocks in a QTextDocument.
@@ -839,7 +829,7 @@ QTextBlockUserData::~QTextBlockUserData()
     \brief The QTextBlock class provides a container for text fragments in a
     QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A text block encapsulates a block or paragraph of text in a QTextDocument.
     QTextBlock provides read-only access to the block/paragraph structure of
@@ -934,7 +924,7 @@ QTextBlockUserData::~QTextBlockUserData()
     \brief The QTextBlock::iterator class provides an iterator for reading
     the contents of a QTextBlock.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A block consists of a sequence of text fragments. This class provides
     a way to iterate over these, and read their contents. It does not provide
@@ -1535,7 +1525,7 @@ QTextBlock::iterator &QTextBlock::iterator::operator--()
     \brief The QTextFragment class holds a piece of text in a
     QTextDocument with a single QTextCharFormat.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A text fragment describes a piece of text that is stored with a single
     character format. Text in which the character format changes can be
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextobject_p.h b/src/gui/text/qtextobject_p.h
index e862b30..22034c8 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextobject_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextobject_p.h
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ class QTextFramePrivate : public QTextObjectPrivate
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QTextFrame)
 public:
     QTextFramePrivate(QTextDocument *doc)
-        : QTextObjectPrivate(doc)
+        : QTextObjectPrivate(doc), fragment_start(0), fragment_end(0), parentFrame(0), layoutData(0)
     {
     }
     virtual void fragmentAdded(const QChar &type, uint fragment);
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp
index cc67113..97b3b35 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ QList<QTextOption::Tab> QTextOption::tabs() const
     \brief The QTextOption class provides a description of general rich text
     properties.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     QTextOption is used to encapsulate common rich text properties in a single
     object. It contains information about text alignment, layout direction,
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp
index 07d09d1..3657698 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QTextTableCell class represents the properties of a
     cell in a QTextTable.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     Table cells are pieces of document structure that belong to a table.
     The table orders cells into particular rows and columns; cells can
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ void QTextTablePrivate::update() const
 
     \brief The QTextTable class represents a table in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A table is a group of cells ordered into rows and columns. Each table
     contains at least one row and one column. Each cell contains a block, and
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtexttable_p.h b/src/gui/text/qtexttable_p.h
index 4dd52c7..7783b5d 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtexttable_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtexttable_p.h
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class QTextTablePrivate : public QTextFramePrivate
 {
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QTextTable)
 public:
-    QTextTablePrivate(QTextDocument *document) : QTextFramePrivate(document), grid(0), nRows(0), dirty(true), blockFragmentUpdates(false) {}
+    QTextTablePrivate(QTextDocument *document) : QTextFramePrivate(document), grid(0), nRows(0), nCols(0), dirty(true), blockFragmentUpdates(false) {}
     ~QTextTablePrivate();
 
     static QTextTable *createTable(QTextDocumentPrivate *, int pos, int rows, int cols, const QTextTableFormat &tableFormat);
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qzip.cpp b/src/gui/text/qzip.cpp
index 13b98bd..70fc05e 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qzip.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qzip.cpp
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ QList<QZipReader::FileInfo> QZipReader::fileInfoList() const
 {
     d->scanFiles();
     QList<QZipReader::FileInfo> files;
-    for (int i = 0; d && i < d->fileHeaders.size(); ++i) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->fileHeaders.size(); ++i) {
         QZipReader::FileInfo fi;
         d->fillFileInfo(i, fi);
         files.append(fi);
diff --git a/src/gui/text/text.pri b/src/gui/text/text.pri
index e4d24ff..b28ecd7 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/text.pri
+++ b/src/gui/text/text.pri
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ contains(QT_CONFIG, freetype) {
     embedded:CONFIG += opentype
     # pull in the proper freetype2 include directory
     include($$QT_SOURCE_TREE/config.tests/unix/freetype/freetype.pri)
-    LIBS += -lfreetype
+    LIBS_PRIVATE += -lfreetype
 } else {
     DEFINES *= QT_NO_FREETYPE
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp b/src/gui/util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp
index f4d2f7f..64591c7 100644
--- a/src/gui/util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp
@@ -65,7 +65,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QSystemTrayIcon
     \brief The QSystemTrayIcon class provides an icon for an application in the system tray.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup application
     \ingroup desktop
 
     Modern operating systems usually provide a special area on the desktop,
diff --git a/src/gui/util/qundogroup.cpp b/src/gui/util/qundogroup.cpp
index 9fcfe95..07a3a3d 100644
--- a/src/gui/util/qundogroup.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/util/qundogroup.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,6 @@ public:
     \class QUndoGroup
     \brief The QUndoGroup class is a group of QUndoStack objects.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup misc
 
     For an overview of the Qt's undo framework, see the
     \link qundo.html overview\endlink.
diff --git a/src/gui/util/qundostack.cpp b/src/gui/util/qundostack.cpp
index a5e8004..065cc24 100644
--- a/src/gui/util/qundostack.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/util/qundostack.cpp
@@ -52,7 +52,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QUndoCommand
     \brief The QUndoCommand class is the base class of all commands stored on a QUndoStack.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup misc
 
     For an overview of Qt's Undo Framework, see the
     \l{Overview of Qt's Undo Framework}{overview document}.
@@ -292,7 +291,6 @@ const QUndoCommand *QUndoCommand::child(int index) const
     \class QUndoStack
     \brief The QUndoStack class is a stack of QUndoCommand objects.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup misc
 
     For an overview of Qt's Undo Framework, see the
     \l{Overview of Qt's Undo Framework}{overview document}.
diff --git a/src/gui/util/qundoview.cpp b/src/gui/util/qundoview.cpp
index 0241500..079a62f 100644
--- a/src/gui/util/qundoview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/util/qundoview.cpp
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ QIcon QUndoModel::cleanIcon() const
     \class QUndoView
     \brief The QUndoView class displays the contents of a QUndoStack.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup misc
+
     \ingroup advanced
 
     QUndoView is a QListView which displays the list of commands pushed on an undo stack.
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp
index 8b89a86..26a9d51 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp
@@ -48,8 +48,6 @@
 
     \ingroup organizers
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
 
     QButtonGroup provides an abstract container into which button widgets can
     be placed. It does not provide a visual representation of this container
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp
index 795bc17..e9042f9 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp
@@ -332,10 +332,9 @@ QString QCalendarMonthValidator::text(const QDate &date, int repeat) const
         return str + QString::number(date.month());
     } else if (repeat == 3) {
         return m_locale.standaloneMonthName(date.month(), QLocale::ShortFormat);
-    } else if (repeat >= 4) {
+    } else /*if (repeat >= 4)*/ {
         return m_locale.standaloneMonthName(date.month(), QLocale::LongFormat);
     }
-    return QString();
 }
 
 //////////////////////////////////
@@ -1961,7 +1960,7 @@ void QCalendarWidgetPrivate::_q_editingFinished()
     \brief The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly based
     calendar widget allowing the user to select a date.
     \since 4.2
-    \mainclass
+
     \ingroup advanced
 
     \image cleanlooks-calendarwidget.png
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp
index 8cdf3b9..faec9d0 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public:
     \brief The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QCheckBox is an option button that can be switched on (checked) or off
     (unchecked). Checkboxes are typically used to represent features in an
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp
index 923ea05..bf0d52b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ QComboBox::QComboBox(bool rw, QWidget *parent, const char *name)
     \brief The QComboBox widget is a combined button and popup list.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QComboBox provides a means of presenting a list of options to the user
     in a way that takes up the minimum amount of screen space.
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp
index 3d12ce9..206221f 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QCommandLinkButton widget provides a Vista style command link button.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The command link is a new control that was introduced by Windows Vista. It's
     intended use is similar to that of a radio button in that it is used to choose
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp
index 533f4d0..133d73c 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \brief The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.
 
   \ingroup basicwidgets
-  \mainclass
+
 
   QDateTimeEdit allows the user to edit dates by using the keyboard or
   the arrow keys to increase and decrease date and time values. The
@@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ void QDateTimeEdit::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
   the QDateTimeEdit widget.
 
   \ingroup basicwidgets
-  \mainclass
+
 
   Many of the properties and functions provided by QTimeEdit are implemented in
   QDateTimeEdit. The following properties are most relevant to users of this
@@ -1568,7 +1568,7 @@ QTimeEdit::QTimeEdit(const QTime &time, QWidget *parent)
   the QDateTimeEdit widget.
 
   \ingroup basicwidgets
-  \mainclass
+
 
   Many of the properties and functions provided by QDateEdit are implemented in
   QDateTimeEdit. The following properties are most relevant to users of this
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp
index 3fe7c68..90f1c85 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ int QDialPrivate::valueFromPoint(const QPoint &p) const
     \brief The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer).
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QDial is used when the user needs to control a value within a
     program-definable range, and the range either wraps around
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp
index 5560367..515efc4 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp
@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QDialogButtonBox class is a widget that presents buttons in a
     layout that is appropriate to the current widget style.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup dialog-classes
+
 
     Dialogs and message boxes typically present buttons in a layout that
     conforms to the interface guidelines for that platform. Invariably,
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp
index a521921..1193b3e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ void QDockWidgetPrivate::setWindowState(bool floating, bool unplug, const QRect
     inside a QMainWindow or floated as a top-level window on the
     desktop.
 
-    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
 
     QDockWidget provides the concept of dock widgets, also know as
     tool palettes or utility windows.  Dock windows are secondary
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp
index 2c88a2e..65dc7d0 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ void QFocusFrame::initStyleOption(QStyleOption *option) const
     outside of a widget's normal paintable area.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Normally an application will not need to create its own
     QFocusFrame as QStyle will handle this detail for
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp
index 24af989..d3f5bf9 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp
@@ -276,7 +276,6 @@ void QFontComboBoxPrivate::_q_currentChanged(const QString &text)
 
     \since 4.2
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \ingroup text
 
     The combobox is populated with an alphabetized list of font
     family names, such as Arial, Helvetica, and Times New Roman.
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp
index a7861ad..62f2ddf 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ inline void QFramePrivate::init()
     \brief The QFrame class is the base class of widgets that can have a frame.
 
     \ingroup abstractwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QMenu uses this to "raise" the menu above the surrounding
     screen. QProgressBar has a "sunken" look. QLabel has a flat look.
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp
index 03a08e8..daf92c0 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp
@@ -147,8 +147,6 @@ void QGroupBoxPrivate::click()
 
     \ingroup organizers
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
 
     A group box provides a frame, a title and a keyboard shortcut, and
     displays various other widgets inside itself. The title is on top,
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp
index fd97c8f..a9c7e12 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp
@@ -61,8 +61,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
 
     QLabel is used for displaying text or an image. No user
     interaction functionality is provided. The visual appearance of
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp
index c4c97ab..d6f5e61 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ public:
     \brief The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     It can display a number in just about any size. It can display
     decimal, hexadecimal, octal or binary numbers. It is easy to
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
index ef6e511..9e15e80 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ void QLineEdit::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionFrame *option) const
     \brief The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A line edit allows the user to enter and edit a single line of
     plain text with a useful collection of editing functions,
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.cpp
index 5950d85..cec34da 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.cpp
@@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ void QLineEditPrivate::init(const QString& txt)
 {
     Q_Q(QLineEdit);
     control = new QLineControl(txt);
+    control->setFont(q->font());
     QObject::connect(control, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString &)),
             q, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString &)));
     QObject::connect(control, SIGNAL(textEdited(const QString &)),
@@ -154,6 +155,8 @@ void QLineEditPrivate::init(const QString& txt)
     QObject::connect(control, SIGNAL(editFocusChange(bool)),
             q, SLOT(_q_editFocusChange(bool)));
 #endif
+    QObject::connect(control, SIGNAL(cursorPositionChanged(int, int)),
+            q, SLOT(updateMicroFocus()));
 
     // for now, going completely overboard with updates.
     QObject::connect(control, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp
index 5672d3b..7db800b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class QMainWindowPrivate : public QWidgetPrivate
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QMainWindow)
 public:
     inline QMainWindowPrivate()
-        : layout(0), toolButtonStyle(Qt::ToolButtonIconOnly)
+        : layout(0), explicitIconSize(false), toolButtonStyle(Qt::ToolButtonIconOnly)
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
             , useHIToolBar(false)
 #endif
@@ -107,8 +107,6 @@ void QMainWindowPrivate::init()
     layout = new QMainWindowLayout(q);
     const int metric = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ToolBarIconSize, 0, q);
     iconSize = QSize(metric, metric);
-    explicitIconSize = false;
-
     q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover);
 }
 
@@ -148,8 +146,8 @@ void QMainWindowPrivate::init()
     \class QMainWindow
     \brief The QMainWindow class provides a main application
            window.
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
+
 
     \tableofcontents
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp
index 2390c25..e206bcf 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
     \class QMdiArea
     \brief The QMdiArea widget provides an area in which MDI windows are displayed.
     \since 4.3
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
+
 
     QMdiArea functions, essentially, like a window manager for MDI
     windows. For instance, it draws the windows it manages on itself
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp
index c645429..d51bd99 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
     \brief The QMdiSubWindow class provides a subwindow class for
     QMdiArea.
     \since 4.3
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
+
 
     QMdiSubWindow represents a top-level window in a QMdiArea, and consists
     of a title bar with window decorations, an internal widget, and
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp
index d54200e..69ccae5 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp
@@ -1207,9 +1207,9 @@ void QMenu::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionMenuItem *option, const QAction *action)
     \brief The QMenu class provides a menu widget for use in menu
     bars, context menus, and other popup menus.
 
-    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A menu widget is a selection menu. It can be either a pull-down
     menu in a menu bar or a standalone context menu. Pull-down menus
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp
index 8c69843..82b3769 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp
@@ -590,8 +590,7 @@ void QMenuBar::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionMenuItem *option, const QAction *acti
     \class QMenuBar
     \brief The QMenuBar class provides a horizontal menu bar.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
 
     A menu bar consists of a list of pull-down menu items. You add
     menu items with addMenu(). For example, asuming that \c menubar
@@ -715,7 +714,7 @@ void QMenuBar::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionMenuItem *option, const QAction *acti
     \section1 Examples
 
     The \l{mainwindows/menus}{Menus} example shows how to use QMenuBar
-    and QMenu.  The other \l{Qt Examples#Main Windows}{main window
+    and QMenu.  The other \l{Main Window Examples}{main window
     application examples} also provide menus using these classes.
 
     \sa QMenu, QShortcut, QAction,
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp
index b365660..20de404 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp
@@ -116,8 +116,7 @@ public:
     \since 4.4
     \brief The QPlainTextDocumentLayout class implements a plain text layout for QTextDocument
 
-    \ingroup text
-
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
    A QPlainTextDocumentLayout is required for text documents that can
    be display or edited in a QPlainTextEdit. See
@@ -1013,8 +1012,8 @@ void QPlainTextEditPrivate::ensureViewportLayouted()
     \brief The QPlainTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display
     plain text.
 
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
+
 
     \tableofcontents
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp
index 384d2ca..9544fcf 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ void QPrintPreviewWidgetPrivate::setZoomFactor(qreal _zoomFactor)
     \brief The QPrintPreviewWidget class provides a widget for
     previewing page layouts for printer output.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup printing
 
     QPrintPreviewDialog uses a QPrintPreviewWidget internally, and the
     purpose of QPrintPreviewWidget is to make it possible to embed the
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp
index b35b9d3..9f91cf7 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ bool QProgressBarPrivate::repaintRequired() const
     \brief The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal or vertical progress bar.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A progress bar is used to give the user an indication of the
     progress of an operation and to reassure them that the application
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp
index 94b39e0..f991620 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QPushButton widget provides a command button.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The push button, or command button, is perhaps the most commonly
     used widget in any graphical user interface. Push (click) a button
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp
index feada97..4b5cead 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ void QRadioButtonPrivate::init()
     \brief The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text label.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QRadioButton is an option button that can be switched on (checked) or
     off (unchecked). Radio buttons typically present the user with a "one
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp
index 5b61bd4..a04bc55 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp
@@ -98,9 +98,6 @@ void QRubberBand::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionRubberBand *option) const
     \brief The QRubberBand class provides a rectangle or line that can
     indicate a selection or a boundary.
 
-    \ingroup misc
-    \mainclass
-
     A rubber band is often used to show a new bounding area (as in a
     QSplitter or a QDockWidget that is undocking). Historically this has
     been implemented using a QPainter and XOR, but this approach
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp
index 32d3c2b..31e558b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     another widget.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A scroll area is used to display the contents of a child widget
     within a frame. If the widget exceeds the size of the frame, the
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp
index 390d1b8..37525e2 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp
@@ -431,6 +431,12 @@ void QScrollBarPrivate::init()
     q->setSizePolicy(sp);
     q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_OwnSizePolicy, false);
     q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent);
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU) && defined(Q_WS_WINCE)
+    if (!q->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ScrollBar_ContextMenu, 0, q)) {
+        q->setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::PreventContextMenu);
+    }
+#endif
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp
index 080e328..8a1a0e6 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp
@@ -165,9 +165,8 @@ Qt::Corner QSizeGripPrivate::corner() const
 
     \brief The QSizeGrip class provides a resize handle for resizing top-level windows.
 
-    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \ingroup appearance
 
     This widget works like the standard Windows resize handle. In the
     X11 version this resize handle generally works differently from
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp
index 0b7e7c1..d9c98e1 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ QStyle::SubControl QSliderPrivate::newHoverControl(const QPoint &pos)
     \brief The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The slider is the classic widget for controlling a bounded value.
     It lets the user move a slider handle along a horizontal or vertical
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp
index 563d18b..e6a4265 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ public:
     \brief The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QSpinBox is designed to handle integers and discrete sets of
     values (e.g., month names); use QDoubleSpinBox for floating point
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ void QSpinBox::fixup(QString &input) const
     takes doubles.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QDoubleSpinBox allows the user to choose a value by clicking the
     up and down buttons or by pressing Up or Down on the keyboard to
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp
index e4f7307..2357164 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp
@@ -72,9 +72,6 @@ public:
    \brief The QSplashScreen widget provides a splash screen that can
    be shown during application startup.
 
-   \ingroup misc
-   \mainclass
-
    A splash screen is a widget that is usually displayed when an
    application is being started. Splash screens are often used for
    applications that have long start up times (e.g. database or
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp
index 98cf2a8..0aa89f4 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ QSplitterLayoutStruct *QSplitterPrivate::insertWidget(int index, QWidget *w)
     \brief The QSplitter class implements a splitter widget.
 
     \ingroup organizers
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A splitter lets the user control the size of child widgets by dragging the
     boundary between the children. Any number of widgets may be controlled by a
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp
index da942d1..7dedf4a 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp
@@ -65,8 +65,7 @@ public:
 
     \ingroup organizers
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QStackedWidget can be used to create a user interface similar to
     the one provided by QTabWidget. It is a convenience layout widget
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp
index ed2d5d8..eb58c61 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp
@@ -158,9 +158,9 @@ QRect QStatusBarPrivate::messageRect() const
     \brief The QStatusBar class provides a horizontal bar suitable for
     presenting status information.
 
-    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
     \ingroup helpsystem
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Each status indicator falls into one of three categories:
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp
index 410c26f..5166390 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ void QTabBar::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionTab *option, int tabIndex) const
     \brief The QTabBar class provides a tab bar, e.g. for use in tabbed dialogs.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QTabBar is straightforward to use; it draws the tabs using one of
     the predefined \link QTabBar::Shape shapes\endlink, and emits a
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp
index 6828c50..14a554a 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
     \ingroup organizers
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A tab widget provides a tab bar (see QTabBar) and a "page area"
     that is used to display pages related to each tab. By default, the
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp
index 803b6fb..7a67a8d 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ void QTextBrowserPrivate::restoreHistoryEntry(const HistoryEntry entry)
     \class QTextBrowser
     \brief The QTextBrowser class provides a rich text browser with hypertext navigation.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     This class extends QTextEdit (in read-only mode), adding some navigation
     functionality so that users can follow links in hypertext documents.
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp
index b0159b3..bedb3b6 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp
@@ -338,8 +338,8 @@ void QTextEditPrivate::_q_ensureVisible(const QRectF &_rect)
     \brief The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display
     both plain and rich text.
 
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
+
 
     \tableofcontents
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp
index 37c7998..ef0847b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp
@@ -412,8 +412,8 @@ void QToolBarPrivate::plug(const QRect &r)
     \brief The QToolBar class provides a movable panel that contains a
     set of controls.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
+
 
     Toolbar buttons are added by adding \e actions, using addAction()
     or insertAction(). Groups of buttons can be separated using
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp
index 803c6ab..378ed17 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ void QToolBoxButton::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
 
     \brief The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.
 
-    \mainclass
+
     \ingroup basicwidgets
 
     A toolbox is a widget that displays a column of tabs one above the
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp
index bb8c32f..4ca3d62 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ bool QToolButtonPrivate::hasMenu() const
     commands or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A tool button is a special button that provides quick-access to
     specific commands or options. As opposed to a normal command
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp
index 7db0247..8f43097 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp
@@ -55,9 +55,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QValidator
     \brief The QValidator class provides validation of input text.
 
-    \ingroup misc
-    \mainclass
-
     The class itself is abstract. Two subclasses, \l QIntValidator and
     \l QDoubleValidator, provide basic numeric-range checking, and \l
     QRegExpValidator provides general checking using a custom regular
@@ -246,8 +243,6 @@ void QValidator::fixup(QString &) const
     \brief The QIntValidator class provides a validator that ensures
     a string contains a valid integer within a specified range.
 
-    \ingroup misc
-
     Example of use:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_widgets_qvalidator.cpp 0
@@ -497,8 +492,6 @@ public:
     \brief The QDoubleValidator class provides range checking of
     floating-point numbers.
 
-    \ingroup misc
-
     QDoubleValidator provides an upper bound, a lower bound, and a
     limit on the number of digits after the decimal point. It does not
     provide a fixup() function.
@@ -767,8 +760,6 @@ QDoubleValidator::Notation QDoubleValidator::notation() const
     \brief The QRegExpValidator class is used to check a string
     against a regular expression.
 
-    \ingroup misc
-
     QRegExpValidator uses a regular expression (regexp) to
     determine whether an input string is \l Acceptable, \l
     Intermediate, or \l Invalid. The regexp can either be supplied
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp
index d8bcf9b..cd98671 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp
@@ -834,7 +834,6 @@ QSize QWorkspaceTitleBar::sizeHint() const
     \obsolete
     \brief The QWorkspace widget provides a workspace window that can be
     used in an MDI application.
-    \ingroup application
 
     This class is deprecated. Use QMdiArea instead.